Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

 
 XERIUM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 8.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018 
  

 
 INDENTURE

 DATED AS OF MAY 26, 2011 
  

 
 U.S. BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Trustee 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
			
	ARTICLE 1	 	 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 	 	1	  
				
		 	Section 1.01.	 	Definitions	 	 	1	  
				
		 	Section 1.02.	 	Other Definitions	 	 	22	  
				
		 	Section 1.03.	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	 	 	23	  
				
		 	Section 1.04.	 	Rules of Construction	 	 	23	  
			
	ARTICLE 2	 	 THE NOTES
	 	 	24	  
				
		 	Section 2.01.	 	Form and Dating	 	 	24	  
				
		 	Section 2.02.	 	Execution and Authentication	 	 	25	  
				
		 	Section 2.03.	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	 	 	25	  
				
		 	Section 2.04.	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	 	 	26	  
				
		 	Section 2.05.	 	Holder Lists	 	 	26	  
				
		 	Section 2.06.	 	Transfer and Exchange	 	 	26	  
				
		 	Section 2.07.	 	Replacement Notes	 	 	38	  
				
		 	Section 2.08.	 	Outstanding Notes	 	 	38	  
				
		 	Section 2.09.	 	Treasury Notes	 	 	39	  
				
		 	Section 2.10.	 	Temporary Notes	 	 	39	  
				
		 	Section 2.11.	 	Cancellation	 	 	39	  
				
		 	Section 2.12.	 	Defaulted Interest.	 	 	39	  
				
		 	Section 2.13.	 	CUSIP or ISIN Numbers	 	 	39	  
				
		 	Section 2.14.	 	Additional Interest	 	 	40	  
				
		 	Section 2.15.	 	Issuance of Additional Notes	 	 	40	  
				
		 	Section 2.16.	 	Record Date	 	 	40	  
			
	ARTICLE 3	 	 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	 	 	41	  
				
		 	Section 3.01.	 	Notices to Trustee	 	 	41	  
				
		 	Section 3.02.	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	 	 	41	  
				
		 	Section 3.03.	 	Notice of Redemption	 	 	41	  
				
		 	Section 3.04.	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	 	 	42	  
				
		 	Section 3.05.	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	 	 	42	  
				
		 	Section 3.06.	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	 	 	42	  
				
		 	Section 3.07.	 	Optional Redemption	 	 	43	  
				
		 	Section 3.08.	 	Mandatory Redemption	 	 	44	  
				
		 	Section 3.09.	 	Offer To Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.	 	 	44	  
			
	ARTICLE 4	 	 COVENANTS
	 	 	45	  
				
		 	Section 4.01.	 	Payment of Notes	 	 	45	  

  
 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
				
		 	Section 4.02.	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	 	 	46	  
				
		 	Section 4.03.	 	Reports	 	 	46	  
				
		 	Section 4.04.	 	Compliance Certificate	 	 	47	  
				
		 	Section 4.05.	 	Taxes	 	 	48	  
				
		 	Section 4.06.	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	 	 	48	  
				
		 	Section 4.07.	 	Corporate Existence	 	 	48	  
				
		 	Section 4.08.	 	Payments for Consent	 	 	48	  
				
		 	Section 4.09.	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified and Preferred Stock.	 	 	48	  
				
		 	Section 4.10.	 	Restricted Payments.	 	 	52	  
				
		 	Section 4.11.	 	Liens	 	 	55	  
				
		 	Section 4.12.	 	Asset Sales.	 	 	55	  
				
		 	Section 4.13.	 	Dividend And Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.	 	 	57	  
				
		 	Section 4.14.	 	Transactions with Affiliates.	 	 	58	  
				
		 	Section 4.15.	 	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.	 	 	59	  
				
		 	Section 4.16.	 	Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.	 	 	60	  
				
		 	Section 4.17.	 	Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control.	 	 	60	  
				
		 	Section 4.18.	 	Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.	 	 	61	  
				
		 	Section 4.19.	 	Business Activities.	 	 	61	  
				
		 	Section 4.20.	 	Note Guarantees.	 	 	62	  
			
	ARTICLE 5	 	 SUCCESSORS
	 	 	62	  
				
		 	Section 5.01.	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.	 	 	62	  
				
		 	Section 5.02.	 	Successor Company Substituted.	 	 	63	  
			
	ARTICLE 6	 	 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	 	 	64	  
				
		 	Section 6.01.	 	Events of Default.	 	 	64	  
				
		 	Section 6.02.	 	Acceleration.	 	 	65	  
				
		 	Section 6.03.	 	Other Remedies.	 	 	65	  
				
		 	Section 6.04.	 	Waiver of Defaults.	 	 	66	  
				
		 	Section 6.05.	 	Control by Majority.	 	 	66	  
				
		 	Section 6.06.	 	Limitation on Suits.	 	 	66	  
				
		 	Section 6.07.	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.	 	 	67	  
				
		 	Section 6.08.	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	 	 	67	  
				
		 	Section 6.09.	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	 	 	67	  

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

									
	 	 	 	  	 	 	Page	 
				
		 	Section 6.10.	  	Priorities	 	 	67	  
				
		 	Section 6.11.	  	Undertaking for Costs	 	 	68	  
			
	ARTICLE 7	 	 TRUSTEE
	 	 	68	  
				
		 	Section 7.01.	  	Duties of Trustee	 	 	68	  
				
		 	Section 7.02.	  	Rights of Trustee	 	 	69	  
				
		 	Section 7.03.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	 	 	70	  
				
		 	Section 7.04.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	 	 	70	  
				
		 	Section 7.05.	  	Notice of Defaults	 	 	70	  
				
		 	Section 7.06.	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders	 	 	70	  
				
		 	Section 7.07.	  	Compensation and Indemnity	 	 	71	  
				
		 	Section 7.08.	  	Replacement of Trustee	 	 	72	  
				
		 	Section 7.09.	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	 	 	73	  
				
		 	Section 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	 	 	73	  
				
		 	Section 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company	 	 	73	  
			
	ARTICLE 8	 	 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	 	 	73	  
				
		 	Section 8.01.	  	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	 	 	73	  
				
		 	Section 8.02.	  	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	 	 	73	  
				
		 	Section 8.03.	  	Covenant Defeasance	 	 	74	  
				
		 	Section 8.04.	  	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	 	 	74	  
				
		 	Section 8.05.	  	Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	 	 	75	  
				
		 	Section 8.06.	  	Repayment to Company	 	 	76	  
				
		 	Section 8.07.	  	Reinstatement	 	 	76	  
			
	ARTICLE 9	 	 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	 	 	76	  
				
		 	Section 9.01.	  	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	 	 	76	  
				
		 	Section 9.02.	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	 	 	77	  
				
		 	Section 9.03.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	 	 	78	  
				
		 	Section 9.04.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	 	 	78	  
				
		 	Section 9.05.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	 	 	78	  
				
		 	Section 9.06.	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	 	 	79	  
			
	ARTICLE 10	 	 GUARANTEES
	 	 	79	  
				
		 	Section 10.01.	  	Guarantee	 	 	79	  
				
		 	Section 10.02.	  	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	 	 	80	  
				
		 	Section 10.03.	  	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	 	 	81	  

  
 iii

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

									
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
				
		 	Section 10.04.	 	Releases	 	 	81	  
			
	ARTICLE 11	 	 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	 	 	82	  
				
		 	Section 11.01.	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	 	 	82	  
				
		 	Section 11.02.	 	Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	 	 	83	  
			
	ARTICLE 12	 	 MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	83	  
				
		 	Section 12.01.	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	 	 	83	  
				
		 	Section 12.02.	 	Notices	 	 	83	  
				
		 	Section 12.03.	 	Communication by Holders of notes with Other Holders of Notes	 	 	84	  
				
		 	Section 12.04.	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	 	 	84	  
				
		 	Section 12.05.	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	 	 	84	  
				
		 	Section 12.06.	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	 	 	85	  
				
		 	Section 12.07.	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	 	 	85	  
				
		 	Section 12.08.	 	Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.	 	 	85	  
				
		 	Section 12.09.	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	 	 	85	  
				
		 	Section 12.10.	 	Successors	 	 	85	  
				
		 	Section 12.11.	 	Severability	 	 	85	  
				
		 	Section 12.12.	 	Counterpart Originals	 	 	86	  
				
		 	Section 12.13.	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	 	 	86	  
				
		 	Section 12.14.	 	Force Majeure	 	 	86	  

  

			
	EXHIBIT A	 	Form of Note
	EXHIBIT B	 	Form of Certificate of Transfer
	EXHIBIT C	 	Form of Certificate of Exchange
	EXHIBIT D	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture to be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors

  
 iv 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

			
	 TIA Section

Reference
	 	 Indenture

Section

	 310(a)(1)
	 	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	 	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	 	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	 	7.10
	 (b)
	 	7.03, 7.08, 7.10
	 (c)
	 	N.A.
	 311(a)
	 	7.11
	 (b)
	 	7.11
	 (c)
	 	N.A.
	 312(a)
	 	2.05
	 (b)
	 	12.03
	 (c)
	 	12.03
	 313(a)
	 	7.06
	 (b)(1)
	 	N.A.
	 (b)(2)
	 	7.06, 7.07
	 (c)
	 	7.06, 12.02
	 (d)
	 	7.06
	 314(a)
	 	4.03, 4.04, 12.02
	 (b)
	 	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	 	12.04
	 (c)(2)
	 	12.04
	 (c)(3)
	 	N.A.
	 (d)
	 	N.A.
	 (e)
	 	12.05
	 315(a)
	 	7.01
	 (b)
	 	7.05, 12.02
	 (c)
	 	7.01
	 (d)
	 	7.01
	 (e)
	 	6.11
	 316(a) (last sentence)
	 	2.09
	 (a)(1)(A)
	 	6.05
	 (a)(1)(B)
	 	6.04
	 (a)(2)
	 	N.A.
	 (b)
	 	6.07
	 (c)
	 	2.12, 2.16, 9.02
	 317(a)(1)
	 	6.08
	 (a)(2)
	 	6.09
	 (b)
	 	2.04
	 318(a)
	 	12.01

 N.A. means Not Applicable. 

Note: This Cross-Reference Table will not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

 This INDENTURE dated as of May 26, 2011, is by and among XERIUM TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a
Delaware corporation, each Guarantor listed on the signature pages hereto, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee. 

The Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the
Holders of the 8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 issued under this Indenture: 
 ARTICLE 1  

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01. Definitions. 
 For all purposes of this
Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 “144A Global
Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee issued in a denomination equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Acquired
Debt” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing
at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person (or that is otherwise assumed in connection with an acquisition), whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such other Person being acquired, merging with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and 
 (2) Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. 
 “Additional Interest” means all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Additional Notes” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes, Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Sections
2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction
of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control
with” have correlative meanings. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or
additional paying agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date,
the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of the Note; or 

(2) the excess of: 

 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption
price of the Note at June 15, 2014 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(a)) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through June 15, 2014 (excluding accrued but unpaid
interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the principal amount of the Note. 
 “Applicable
Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or
exchange. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights (including by means of a sale and leaseback
transaction); provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.17 and 5.01 and
not by the provisions of Section 4.12; and 
 (2) the issuance of Equity Interests in any of the
Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries or the sale of Equity Interests in any of its Subsidiaries (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law). 

Notwithstanding the preceding, none of the following items will be deemed to be an Asset Sale: 

(1) any single transaction (including the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity
Interests of any Subsidiary) or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than $1.0 million; 
 (2) a transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (3) an issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(4) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sublicense of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business and
any sale or other disposition of damaged, worn-out or obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (5)
the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents; 
 (6) any release of intangible claims or rights in
connection with the loss or settlement of a bona fide lawsuit, dispute or other controversy, and the disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business; 

(7) leases or subleases to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (8) licenses or sublicenses of patents, trademarks copyrights or other
intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) a Restricted Payment that does not violate the
provisions of Section 4.10 or the definition of a Permitted Investment; 
 (10) to the extent allowable
under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; 

  
 2 

 (11) any disposition of assets received by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiaries upon foreclosure on a Lien or receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of collection of outstanding balances in the ordinary course consistent with past practice; 

(12) (i) sales and other dispositions of accounts receivable and related assets (or an undivided interest therein)
pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing and (ii) sales or other dispositions in connection with any factoring agreements providing for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any receivable on arm’s
length terms for cash payable at the time of disposal; 
 (13) the issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of
Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock that is permitted by the provisions of Section 4.09; 
 (14) any
financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, including sale and lease back transactions permitted by this Indenture; 

(15 sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant
to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and 
 (16) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments
during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value will be calculated using a
discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that if such sale and leaseback transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of
Indebtedness represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of “Capital Lease Obligation.” 

“Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, or the
law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors. 

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act,
except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that
such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and
“Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means: 

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such board; 
 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner
of the partnership; 
 (3) with respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any
controlling committee of managing members thereof; and 
 (4) with respect to any other Person (including a
business trust), the board of trustees or committee of such Person serving a similar function. 

  
 3 

 “Board Resolution” of a Person means a copy of a resolution
certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification, and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal
Holiday. 
 “Capital Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of
the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of
a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity or trust, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including shares of beneficial interest; 
 (3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and 

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses
of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock. 

“Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) United States dollars and any foreign currency freely exchangeable into United States dollars and, in the case of any
Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of its business; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and Eurodollar time deposits with
maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million
and whose long-term debt is rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P; 

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered
into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial
paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 

(6) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses
(1) through (5) above; 
 (7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United
States or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P; 

  
 4 

 (8) instruments equivalent to those referred to above denominated in Euros
or any other foreign currency that are comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States; and 

(9) money market funds as defined in Rule 2a-7 of the General Rules and Regulations as promulgated under the Investment
Company Act of 1940. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following: 

(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or
consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act), other than to a Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company; 
 (3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without
limitation, any merger or consolidation), the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company,
measured by voting power rather than number of shares, provided that, however, it is not a Change in Control if, pursuant to such transaction, all of the Voting Stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for securities of a direct or indirect
parent corporation that after such transaction owns all of the Capital Stock of the Company and no person is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation; 

(4) during any consecutive two-year period, individuals who at the beginning of that two-year period constituted the
Company’s Board of Directors (together with any new persons whose election to the Company’s Board of Directors, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors who
were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors or the nominating committee thereof, the majority of the members of which meet the above
criteria) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors then in office; or 
 (5) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or such other Person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the Voting Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such
transaction remains outstanding and constitutes more than 50% of the then outstanding Voting Stock of the Company or is converted into or exchanged for Voting Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the surviving or transferee Person constituting
more than 50% of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person (immediately after giving effect to such issuance). 
 “Change of Control Triggering Event” means (i) a Change of Control has occurred and (ii) the Notes are downgraded by either S&P or Moody’s on any date during the
period commencing 60 days prior to the consummation of such Change of Control and ending 60 days following consummation of such Change of Control. 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto. 
 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Company” means Xerium Technologies, Inc., and any successor thereto. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication: 

  
 5 

 (1) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized by
such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(2) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the
extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (3) the
Fixed Charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(4) (i) depreciation and amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash
expenses that were paid in a prior period) and (ii) other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash
expense that was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 (5) any cash expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expenses) related to the offering of
these Notes, any offering of the Company’s capital stock, any Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof)
(whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges relating to the offering of the Notes and the closing of the Credit Agreement and (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or any Credit Facility, in
each case, to the extent such amount was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus 
 (6) expenses
incurred as a result of the repurchase, redemption or retention by the Company of its common stock earned under equity compensation programs solely in order to make withholding tax payments; plus 

(7) to the extent such amounts were included in the computation of Consolidated Net Income, extraordinary, non-recurring
or unusual losses or expenses, including, without limitation, recruiting, severance and restructuring costs or gains during such period, including write-offs of deferred financing costs, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company, in each case, without regard to any limitations of Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K; provided that the total of such costs added back pursuant to this clause (7) will not exceed $10.0 million in any four fiscal quarter reference
period; minus 
 (8) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the
accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business, including, but not limited to, (i) non-cash charges or gains resulting from the application of purchase accounting, including push-down accounting, (ii) non-cash expenses resulting
from the granting of common stock, stock options, restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards under equity compensation programs solely with respect to common stock of the Company, and cash expenses for compensation mandatorily applied to
purchase common stock of the Company and (iii) non-cash items related to a change in or adoption of accounting policies, 
 in each case,
on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other
non-cash expenses of, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of the Company only to the extent that a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be
dividended or distributed, directly or indirectly, to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all
agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 

  
 6 

 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any specified
Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that: 

(1) the Net Income of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of
accounting will be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person (and if such Net Income
is a loss it will be included only to the extent such loss has been funded with cash by such Person or a wholly-owned Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period); 

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to
Section 4.10(a)(3)(A), the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary will be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of
determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental
regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than any loan agreement or similar agreement which restricts the payment of dividends or similar distributions upon the occurrence of or during the existence or
continuance of a Default or Event of Default), unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or in similar distributions have been legally waived; 

(3) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded; 

(4) any goodwill impairment charges pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142 or any asset
impairment charges pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 144 will be excluded; and 

(5) notwithstanding clause (1) above, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (including, without limitation,
the impact of any Hedging Obligations) will be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Article 12, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders
and the Company. 
 “Credit Agreement” means the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, to be dated the date of
this Indenture, among Xerium Technologies, Inc. and Xerium Technologies Limited, as borrowers, certain subsidiaries of the borrowers, as guarantors, the various banks party thereto, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint
bookrunner, Jefferies Finance LLC, as joint lead arranger, joint bookrunner and syndication agent, Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and Citicorp North America, Inc., as collateral agent. 

“Credit Facilities” means one or more of (i) the Credit Agreement and (ii) any other facilities or
arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financings (including without limitation through the sale of receivables to
such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in
each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and
collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented,
waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to 

  
 7 

 time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks,
lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” will include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors
thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Custodian” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03(c) as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 

“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event
of Default. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof
and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10, in substantially the form of Exhibit A except that such Note will not bear the Global Note Legend and will not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in
part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the non-cash consideration received by the
Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer, Controller or Treasurer of
the Company setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of
any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case, at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock
that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders of the Capital Stock have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale will not constitute
Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.10. The amount of
Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory
redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock, exclusive of accrued dividends. 
 “Distribution Compliance
Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S. 
 “Domestic
Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was formed under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but
excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

  
 8 

 “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the
Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes”
means notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or the Fair Market Value of
Qualified Proceeds, in each case received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from: 
 (1)
contributions to the Company’s common equity capital; and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, 

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate on the date such capital contributions are made or the date
such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.10(a)(3). 
 “Existing Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the Issue Date,
until such amounts are repaid. 
 “Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing
buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in a transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party. In the case of a transaction not exceeding $20.0 million, Fair Market Value may be determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer,
Controller or Treasurer of the Company, and in the case of a transaction exceeding $20.0 million, Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture). 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means with respect to any specified Person for any period, the ratio of the
Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees, repays, repurchases, redeems, defeases
or otherwise discharges any Indebtedness (other than ordinary working capital borrowings, including working capital borrowings under Credit Facilities) or issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period
for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated and on or prior to the date of the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, repayment, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other discharge of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Preferred Stock, and
the use of the proceeds therefrom, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter reference period. 
 In addition, for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio: 
 (1) acquisitions that have been made by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
acquired by the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including increases in ownership of Restricted Subsidiaries, during the four fiscal quarter reference period or subsequent
to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date, or that are to be made on the Calculation Date, will be given pro forma effect (either (a) in 

  
 9 

 accordance with Regulation S-X or, (b) if not in accordance with Regulation S-X,
constituting Pro Forma Cost Savings not to exceed $10.0 million in any four fiscal quarter reference period) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four fiscal quarter reference period; 

(2) the Consolidated EBITDA which is attributable to discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), and
operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded; 
 (3) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation
Date, will be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date; 

(4) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary
at all times during such four fiscal quarter reference period; 
 (5) any Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during such four fiscal quarter reference period; and 
 (6) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for
the entire period (but taking into account any Hedging Obligation applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term as at the Calculation Date in excess of six months). 

“Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (1) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether
paid or accrued, including, without limitation, original issue discount, non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations in accordance with
GAAP and excluding amortization and write-offs of debt issuance costs), the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to
Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of
interest rates (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts due upon settlement of any such Hedging Obligations); plus 
 (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was expensed or capitalized during such period; plus 

(3) all cash dividends paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (excluding items eliminated
in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person; plus 
 (4) all cash dividends paid, accrued
and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) of any series of Disqualified Stock. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case which are in effect
on the Issue Date. 

  
 10 

 “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g)(ii), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 “Global
Notes” means the global Notes in the form of Exhibit A issued in accordance with Article 2. 

“guarantee” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary
course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by
virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise). The term “guarantee” used as a verb
has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor” means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes this
Indenture on the Issue Date as a guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and each other Subsidiary of the Company that thereafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and the successors and assigns
thereof, in each case, until the Note Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements
and interest rate collar agreements; 
 (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to manage interest rates or
interest rate risk; and 
 (3) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against
fluctuations in currency exchange rates (including, without limitation, foreign currency futures and options, currency swaps, currency forwards and related interest rate swaps and/or forwards) or commodity prices (including, without limitation,
commodity futures, swaps or options) or energy prices (including forwards and swaps). 
 “Holder” means
the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Immaterial Subsidiary”
means each Subsidiary of the Company so designated by the Company; provided, however, that (i) each such Subsidiary has operations that generated Consolidated EBITDA not exceeding $1,000,000 for the most recently completed fiscal
year and (ii) each such Subsidiary had total assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year the aggregate value of which was equal to or less than 1.0% of the Total Assets of the Company; provided further,
however, that at no time will (x) the aggregate total amount of Consolidated EBITDA generated by all Immaterial Subsidiaries for the most recently completed fiscal year exceed $5,000,000 or (y) the aggregate value of the total
assets of all Immaterial Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year exceed 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Company; in each case, calculated on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued
expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in
respect thereof); 
 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 

  
 11 

 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations or Attributable Debt in respect
of sale and leaseback transactions; 
 (5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of
any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed, except any balance that constitutes an accrual of expenses or trade payable; or 

(6) representing any Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such Hedging Obligations to be equal at any time to the
termination value of the agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligations that would be payable by such Person at such time); 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Attributable Debt and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability
upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 In addition, the term
“Indebtedness” includes (i) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person), provided, however, that the amount of
Indebtedness attributable to such Person will be the lesser of (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person and (ii) to the extent not otherwise
included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. 
 The amount of any Indebtedness
outstanding as of any date will be: 
 (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued
with original discount; and 
 (2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more
than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 “Indenture” means this instrument, as
originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9. 

“Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 “Initial Notes” means $240.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture
on the Issue Date. 
 “Interest Payment Dates” will have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each
Note. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business),
purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a
Subsidiary of the Company, the Company will be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or
disposed of in an amount determined as provided in the final paragraph of Section 4.10. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person will be deemed to be an
Investment by the Company or such Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Investments held by the acquired Person in such third Person. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the amount of an
Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value. 

  
 12 

 “Issue Date” means May 26, 2011. 

“Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or any day on which commercial banking institutions are not required
to be open in the State of New York or the location of the Corporate Trust Office. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with a Registered Exchange Offer. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of
any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell
or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided, however, that in no event will an operating lease
be deemed a lien. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its
rating agency business. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income
(loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends, excluding, however: 
 (1) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with: 

(a) any Asset Sale; or 
 (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(2) any extraordinary gain, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain; 

(3) any foreign exchange gain (loss) on Indebtedness; and 

(4) any marked to market gain (loss) whether realized or accrued, without duplication, on Hedging Obligations. 

“Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without
limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any
available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness, other than Indebtedness under a Credit Facility, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the
subject of such Asset Sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

  
 13 

 (1) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking,
agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness); 
 (2) is directly or indirectly liable as a
guarantor or otherwise; or 
 (3) constitutes the lender. 

“Note Guarantee” means the guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and
the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Notes” means the 8.875% Senior
Notes due 2018 issued under this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated May 20, 2011, pursuant to which the Initial Notes were offered. 

“Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, Controller, Treasurer,
Secretary or any Vice President of the Company, or the equivalent officer of any Guarantor, as applicable. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, who must be the principal
executive officer, principal financial officer, controller, treasurer or principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee and which meets the applicable requirements of Section 12.05. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, from
legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee and which meets the applicable requirements of Section 12.05. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 

“Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with
the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to DTC, will include Euroclear and Clearstream. 

“Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Permitted
Business or a combination of such assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received must be applied in accordance with
Section 4.12. 
 “Permitted Business” means any business conducted (as described in the Offering
Memorandum) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business (whether conducted by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) reasonably related thereto, ancillary or complimentary to
reasonable extensions thereof. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents; 

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment: 
 (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or 

  
 14 

 (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.12; 

(5) any acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company or out of the net proceeds of an issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) so long as such acquisition occurs within 60 days thereafter; 

(6) any Investments received in compromise or resolution of: 

(a) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer; or 

(b) litigation, arbitration or other disputes; 

(7) Investments represented by Hedging Obligations; 

(8) loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $2.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (9)
extensions of trade credit or advances to customers and/or suppliers on commercially reasonable terms in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) guarantees of Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in accordance with Section 4.09; 

(11) Investments resulting from payment of consolidated taxes that include Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(12) other Investments in any Person (other than an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Company)
having an aggregate Fair Market Value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at
the time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) 4.0% of Total Assets and (y) $30.0 million; 

(13) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Permitted Business having an aggregate fair market
value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (13) that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Investment to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash and/or
marketable securities), not to exceed $15.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this
clause (13) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after such date, such Investment will thereafter be
deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and will cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (13) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 

  
 15 

 (14) Investments in or by a Subsidiary (including a Securitization
Subsidiary) that, in the good faith determination of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are necessary or advisable to effect (i) a Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) any factoring agreement providing
for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any receivable on arm’s length terms for cash payable at the time of disposal; 
 (15) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; and 

(16) for the avoidance of doubt, any Investments existing on the Issue Date and any extension, modification, replacement
or renewal of any such Investments existing on the Issue Date, but only to the extent not involving additional advances, contributions or other Investments of cash or other assets or other increases thereof other than as a result of the accrual or
accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities, in each case, pursuant to the terms of such Investment as in effect on the Issue Date (or as subsequently amended or otherwise modified in a manner not
disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect). 
 “Permitted Liens” means:

 (1) Liens on assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness and other
Obligations under Credit Facilities that was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred and/or securing Hedging Obligations related thereto, pursuant to Section 4.09 in an amount not to exceed the amount of Indebtedness permitted
to be incurred pursuant to clause (b)(1) thereof; 
 (2) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or
consolidated with (or at the time the Capital Stock of such Person is acquired by) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, consolidation or
acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into, consolidated with or acquired by the Company or the Subsidiary; 
 (4) Liens on property (including Capital Stock) existing at the time of acquisition of the property by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior
to, such acquisition, and not incurred in contemplation of, such acquisition; 
 (5) Liens to secure the
performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, letters of credit or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt) permitted by
Section 4.09(b)(4) covering only the assets acquired with or financed by such Indebtedness; 
 (7) Liens
existing on the Issue Date or from contractual commitments existing on the Issue Date and replacements thereof, so long as the replacement Liens encumber only the assets subject to the Liens being replaced and the replacement Liens secure
obligations in an amount no greater than the obligations secured by the Liens being replaced; 
 (8) Liens for
taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as is required in conformity with GAAP has been made therefor; 
 (9) Liens imposed by law, such as
carriers’, warehousemen’s, landlord’s, banks’ and mechanics’ Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 16 

 (10) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and
return of money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness); 
 (11) easements, rights of way, restrictions, encroachments, and other minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary
conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; 
 (12) any (i) interest or title of a
lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate permitted under this Indenture, (ii) restriction or encumbrance that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to, or (iii) subordination of the interest of the
lessee or sublessee under such lease to any restriction or encumbrance referred to in the preceding clause (ii), so long as the holder of such restriction or encumbrance agrees to recognize the rights of such lessee or sublessee under such lease;

 (13) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in
connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder; 
 (14) purported Liens evidenced
by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements or, for property located in foreign jurisdictions, the preparation and/or filing of functionally similar documents, relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law
to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (16) any zoning or similar
law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property; 
 (17) (i) licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material
respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or such Subsidiary and (ii) leases or subleases granted by the Company of any of its Subsidiaries to third parties in respect of surplus property which is not fundamental to the
operation of the business in the ordinary course; provided that such leases and subleases are on arms-length commercial terms; 
 (18) any Liens arising by operation of law and any lien arising under customary retention of title arrangements (Eigentumsvorbehalt) in the ordinary course of business; 

(19) any Lien arising under the general terms and conditions of banks or Sparkassen (Allgemeine
Geschäftsbedingungen der Banken oder Sparkassen) with whom the Company or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a banking relationship with a financial institution in Germany; 

(20) Liens created for the benefit of (or to secure) the Notes; 

(21) Liens to secure any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture;
provided, however, that: 
 (a) the new Lien will be limited to all or part of the same property
and assets that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to, such property or proceeds or distributions thereof); and 

(b) the Indebtedness secured by the new Lien is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (x) the
outstanding principal amount, or, if greater, committed amount, of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (y) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such renewal, refunding, refinancing,
replacement, defeasance or discharge; 

  
 17 

 (22) Liens securing Hedging Obligations made in the ordinary course of
business and not for speculation; provided that such Hedging Obligations are permitted under this Indenture; 
 (23) Liens with respect to obligations at any one time outstanding that do not exceed $25.0 million; and 
 (24) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing. 
 “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to
renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that: 

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums,
incurred in connection therewith); 
 (2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later
than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; 

(3) if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is subordinated in right of
payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those
contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged; and 
 (4) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness will not include Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that renews, refunds, refinances, replaces, defeases or discharges Indebtedness of either the Company or a Guarantor. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity. 
 “Preferred
Stock” means as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person, means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over Equity Interests of any other class of such Person. 
 “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the
provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Pro Forma Cost Savings” means, with respect to any four fiscal quarter
reference period, the reduction in net costs and expenses that: 

  
 18 

 (1) were actually implemented prior to the Calculation Date in connection
with or as a result of an acquisition, Investment, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation or other specified action and that are supportable and quantifiable by the underlying accounting records; or 

(2) relate to an acquisition, Investment, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation or other specified
action and that the Company reasonably determines will actually be realized within 12 months of the date of the closing of the acquisition, Investment, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation or specified action. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, a
Permitted Business. 
 “Qualified Securitization Financing” means a financing transaction or series of
financing transactions pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Securitization Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) or (b) any
other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Subsidiary), and may grant a security interest in, accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto (including without limitation collateral
securing such accounts receivable, contracts and guarantees or other supporting obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable, and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which
security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable), provided that the Board of Directors of the Company will have determined in good faith that (i) the terms and
conditions thereof, taken as a whole, are market terms and are economically fair and reasonable to the Company and the Securitization Subsidiary, and (ii) all sales and dispositions of accounts receivable and related assets to the
Securitization Subsidiary pursuant thereto are to be made at fair market value. 
 “Registered Exchange
Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to an exchange of Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so registered. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Notes dated the Issue
Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers. 
 “Regular Record Date” for the
interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S-K” means Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S-X” means Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the
name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S. 

“Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Office
of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because
of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Definitive Note”
means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend. 

  
 19 

 “Restricted Global Notes” means the 144A Global Note and Regulation
S Global Note. 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 “Restricted Subsidiary” of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor
to its ratings agency business. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC
thereunder. 
 “Securitization Subsidiary” means a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another
Person formed for the purpose of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing, in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related
assets), (i) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable and related assets, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, (ii) no portion of the Indebtedness
or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which are guaranteed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) with which neither the Company nor any of its other Subsidiaries has any material agreement, arrangement or
understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such other Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, (iv) as
to which neither the Company nor any of its other Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or to cause such entity to achieve operating results, and (v) which is designated as a
Securitization Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company or such other Person will be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the
resolutions of such Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement relating to the registration of the Notes under
Rule 415 of the Securities Act, as may be set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue
Date. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series
of Indebtedness, the date on which the payment of interest or principal is scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the Issue Date, and does not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any
such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated
Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes, 

  
 20 

 (1) any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes; and 
 (2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in
right of payment to the Notes Guarantee of such entity. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any
specified Person: 
 (1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the
election of directors, managers or trustees thereof the corporation, association or other business entity is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that
Person (or a combination thereof); and 
 (2) any partnership: 

(a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or

 (b) the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any
combination thereof). 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and
regulations thereunder. 
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company. 
 “Treasury Rate”
means, as of any redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that
has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption
date to June 15, 2014; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 15, 2014, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of
one year will be used. 
 “Trustee” means U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, until a successor
trustee will have replaced it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” will mean such successor Trustee. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Notes” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend. 

“Unrestricted Global Notes” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private
Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary:

 (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; 

  
 21 

 (2) except as permitted by Section 4.14, is not party to any agreement,
contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be, than those that might reasonably be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; 
 (3) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 

(a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests; or 

(b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels
of operating results; and 
 (4) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support
for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, unless such guarantee or credit support is released upon such designation. 
 “U.S. Government Securities” means direct obligations (or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States of America (including any agency
or instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option. 

“Voting Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time
entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to
Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: 
 (1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying: 
 (a) the
amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of the Indebtedness; by 

(b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such
payment; by 
 (2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Acceptable Commitment”
	  	 	4.12	  
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	4.14	  
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	2.02	  
	 “Benefited Party”
	  	 	10.01	  
	 “Calculation Date”
	  	 	1.01	  
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	 	4.17	  
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	 	4.17	  
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	 	4.17	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	8.03	  
	 “DTC”
	  	 	2.03	  

  
 22 

					
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	4.12	  
	 “incur”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	 	4.11	  
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	 	8.02	  
	 “losses”
	  	 	7.07	  
	 “Offer Amount”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Offer Period”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Permitted Debt”
	  	 	4.09	  
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Purchase Price”
	  	 	3.09	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Restricted Payments”
	  	 	4.10	  
	 “Security Register”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Successor Company”
	  	 	5.01	  
	 “Successor Person”
	  	 	5.01	  
	 “Treasury Capital Stock”
	  	 	4.10	  

 Section 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 (a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the
TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 (b) The following TIA terms used in
this Indenture have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the
Note Guarantees; 
 “indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the
Trustee; and 
 “obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the
Guarantors, respectively, and any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 (c)
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them either in the TIA, by another
statute or SEC rule, as applicable. 
 Section 1.04. Rules of Construction. 

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(iii) “or” is not exclusive; 

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

  
 23 

 (v) any reference in this instrument to “Article,”
“Section,” “clause” or “Exhibit” is to the designated Article, Section, clause or exhibit of this Indenture; 
 (vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other
subdivision; 
 (vii) “including” means “including without limitation;” 

(viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and 

(ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA will be deemed to include
substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time thereunder. 
 ARTICLE 2 

 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01. Form and Dating. 
 (a)
General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note will
be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes will be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this
Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the
express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture will govern and be controlling. 
 (b)
Global Notes. Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes
issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent
such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each will provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any
increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by
Section 2.06 
 (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.01(c) will apply only to Global
Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants will have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the
Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary will be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
nothing herein will prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its
Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

  
 24 

 (d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The
provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of
Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 (e) Certificated Securities. The Company will exchange Global Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) at any time the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to
continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or if at any time the Depositary will no longer be eligible to act as such because it ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company will not have
appointed a successor Depositary within 120 days after the date of such notice, or (2) upon written request of a Holder if a Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing. 

Upon the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (1) or (2) above, the Company will execute, and, upon receipt of
an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, Definitive Notes, in authorized denominations, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Notes in exchange
for such Global Notes. 
 Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication. 

(a) One Officer will execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated by the
Trustee, the Note will nevertheless be valid. 
 (c) A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual
signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 (d) The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly
issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more
Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof. 
 (e) The Trustee may appoint an
authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by
the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent will have the same rights as the Trustee to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent. 

(a) The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar will keep a register (the “Security Register”) of the
Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any
additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails
to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee will act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

  
 25 

 (b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 
 (c) The Company
initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act. 
 Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The
Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it
relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further
liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any Event of Default under
Section 6.01(g) or (h) relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05.
Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and will otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before
each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the
Holders and the Company will otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 
 Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All
Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if: 
 (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee
notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within
120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; 
 (ii) subject to any limitations imposed by the
Depositary pursuant to its then-current practices, the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee;
or 
 (iii) upon written request of a Holder if there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of
Default with respect to the Notes. 
 Upon the occurrence of the events set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or
(iii) above, Definitive Notes will be issued in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and in such names as the Depositary will instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or
in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided for above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07
or 2.10, will be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and will be, a Global Note. 

  
 26 

 A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a),
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the
Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either clause (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable: 

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures;
provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined
in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor”). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.
Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions will be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i). 

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers
and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either: 

(A) both (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (2) instructions given in
accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or 
 (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note
in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note will be registered to
effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. 
 Upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer
by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) will be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the
Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under
the Securities Act, the Trustee will adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h). 

  
 27 

 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to
Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with
the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof or, if permitted by the
Applicable Procedures, item (3) thereof; and 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof. 

(iv) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an
Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the
case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such
Registration Rights Agreement that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following:

 (1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

  
 28 

 and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar or the Company so
requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will execute and, the Trustee will
authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above. 

(v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note Prohibited. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 

 

	 	(c)	Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. 

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the Holder of such beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof; 

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C) if such beneficial
interest is being transferred to a “Non-U.S. Person” in an offshore transaction (as defined in Section 902(k) of Regulation S) in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or 

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 

  
 29 

 the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.
Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the
holder of such beneficial interest will instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes
are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) will bear the Private Placement Legend and will be subject to all restrictions on
transfer contained therein. 
 (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive
Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a), a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if: 
 (A) such exchange or transfer is
effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable
Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by the Registration Rights Agreement that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person
participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with
the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or 
 (2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in
each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such
exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

  
 30 

 Upon satisfaction of any of the conditions of any of the clauses of this
Section 2.06(c)(ii), the Company will execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to
the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee will reduce or cause to be
reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h), the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note. 
 (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Subject to Section 2.06(a), if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Company will execute
and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to
this Section 2.06(c)(iii) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the Depositary and
the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant
to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
  

	 	(d)	Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. 

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any holder of a Restricted
Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation: 
 (A) if the
holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (C)
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit
B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; 
 (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being
transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or 

  
 31 

 (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof, 
 the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note,
in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note. 
 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable
Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule
144) of the Company; 
 (B) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the
Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange
such Restricted Definitive Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or 

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person
who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so
require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in 

  
 32 

 compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein
and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee will cancel such Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and
increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 (iv)
Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited. An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of,
beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note. 
 If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial
interest is effected pursuant to clauses (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred. 
 (e)
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer
or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to
the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e). 
 (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted
Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; 
 (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant
to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B,
including the certifications and certificates required by item (3) thereof, if applicable. 

  
 33 

 (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.
Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if: 

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement and the holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (i) a broker-dealer, (ii) a Person participating in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes or (iii) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; 
 (B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement; 

(C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance
with the Registration Rights Agreement; or 
 (D) the Registrar receives the following: 

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Notes for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or 
 (2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; 
 and, in each
such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar or the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act
and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may
transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar will register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof. 
 (f) Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the
occurrence of the Registered Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate:

 (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
the beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company; and 

  
 34 

 (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted for exchange in the Registered Exchange Offer by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (A) they are not broker-dealers, (B) they are not
participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) they are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company. 
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and
the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate aggregate principal amount. 

(g) Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued
under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture. 
 (i)
Private Placement Legend. 
 (A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each
Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will bear the legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY
NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE
RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE
ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: WHEN THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS
DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG
AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN
ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES, IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR 

  
 35 

 INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY
DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR
TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C), (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE
RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON, NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON, AND IT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY
IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]” 
 (B)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend. 
 (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global
Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form: 
 “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN
THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE
REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY. 
 UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY
OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.” 
 (h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note
has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or 

  
 36 

 retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time
prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the aggregate
principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the
beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the aggregate principal amount of such other Global Note will be increased accordingly
and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge will be made to a
Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge
payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.12 and 9.05 hereof). 

(iii) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (iv) All Global Notes and
Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global
Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (v) Neither the
Registrar nor the Company will be required: 
 (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any
Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection; 

(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or 
 (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a
Note between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (vi) Prior to due presentment for
the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium,
if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company will be affected by notice to the contrary. 

  
 37 

 (vii) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof. 
 (viii) All certifications, certificates and
Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile. 

(ix) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the
form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter. 
 (x) Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with the terms of this Indenture, the registration provisions of or exemptions from the Securities Act, applicable
state securities laws or other applicable laws; provided that if an Opinion of Counsel or transfer certificate is specifically required by the express terms of this Section 2.06 to be delivered to the Trustee or the Registrar in
connection with a transfer, the Trustee or the Registrar, as the case may be, shall be under a duty to receive the same. The Company shall provide prompt written notice to the Trustee of the occurrence of a Registered Exchange Offer, the occurrence
of the Resale Restriction Termination Date and the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. 
 Section 2.07. Replacement
Notes. 
 If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its
satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the
Company, the Holder of such Note will provide indemnity that is sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in
connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such Holder will reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement. 
 Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 will be the valid obligation of the Company, evidencing the same debt as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note, and will be entitled to
all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.08.
Outstanding Notes. 
 (a) The Notes outstanding at any time will be the entire principal amount of
Notes represented by all of the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in
accordance with Section 2.06, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note will not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note;
provided, however, that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c). 

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it will cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof
satisfactory to it that the replaced note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 (c) If the principal amount of any
Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it will cease to be outstanding and interest on it will cease to accrue. 
 (d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a purchase date or a maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that
date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest. 

  
 38 

 Section 2.09. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
owned by the Company, or any Guarantor, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of
determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be
disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee that the pledgee is not the Company, a Guarantor or any obligor on the Notes or any Affiliate thereof. 
 Section 2.10. Temporary Notes. 
 Until certificates
representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of
Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as will be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate Global
Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as applicable. After preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes will be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes. 

Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes
duly issued hereunder. 
 Section 2.11. Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or
cancellation and will destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or other applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes will be delivered to the Company from time to time
upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 
 If the Company defaults in
a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at
the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be
fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related interest payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record
date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related interest payment date
and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 Section 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the
Trustee will use “CUSIP” and/or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption, Asset Sale Offers or Change of Control Offers as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption, Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer will not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP”
and/or “ISIN” numbers. 

  
 39 

 Section 2.14. Additional Interest. 

If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company
will deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable pursuant to Section 4.01. Unless and until a Responsible
Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Additional Interest is payable. The foregoing will not
prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Additional Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any
such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the
details of such payment. 
 Section 2.15. Issuance of Additional Notes. 

The Company will be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which will
have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related registration rights agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any
Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including directions, waivers, amendments, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase. 

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company will set forth in a Board Resolution (solely with respect to clause (a) of this
Section 2.15) and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each of which will be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
 (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes; provided,
however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at a price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code, other than a de minimis original issue
discount within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code; and 
 (c) whether such Additional Notes will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. 

Section 2.16. Record Date. 
 The record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders of Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent or permitted under this Indenture will be determined as provided
for in Section 2.12, Section 9.02 and TIA Section 316(c), as applicable. 

  
 40 

 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 
 Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.

 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it will furnish to
the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (a) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which
the redemption will occur, (b) the redemption date, (c) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (d) the redemption price, if then ascertainable. 
 Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, the Trustee will select Notes for redemption or purchase:

 (a) if the Notes are listed, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange
on which the Notes are listed; or 
 (b) if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis (or, in the
case of Notes issued in global form pursuant to Article 2 hereof, based on a method that most nearly approximates a pro rata selection as the Trustee deems fair and appropriate), by lot or by such other method required by law or depositary
requirements. 
 In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be
selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase. 

The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note
selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. No Notes of $2,000 or less will be redeemed or purchased in part. Notes and portions of Notes selected for redemption or purchase will be in
amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder will be redeemed or purchased. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 
 Subject to
Section 3.09, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such
Holder’s registered address appearing in the Security Register, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes pursuant to Article 8
or a satisfaction and discharge pursuant to Article 11. 
 The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

 (a) the redemption date; 

(b) the appropriate method for calculation of the redemption price, but need not include the redemption price itself; the
actual redemption price may be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee prior to the redemption date; 
 (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, if applicable, a new Note or
Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note will be issued to the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note; 

  
 41 

 (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (g) the applicable section of this Indenture or the Notes pursuant to
which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the
correctness of the CUSIP and/or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (i)
if applicable, any condition to such redemption. 
 At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of
redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Company will have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to
Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information
to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03. 
 Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 Except as provided for in Section 3.07(d), once a notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption will become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. If mailed in a manner herein provided, the notice shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not a Holder
receives such notice. In any case, failure to give notice or any defect in such notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. 
 Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 On or
prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption or purchase date (or such later time of day to which the Trustee may reasonably agree), the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee
or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease
to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest
Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon
surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest will be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent
lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 
 Section
3.06. Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part,
the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the 

  
 42 

 
expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of
$2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary only an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 and not an Opinion of Counsel or
Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note. 
 Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

 (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be
redeemable at the option of the Company prior to June 15, 2014. On and after June 15, 2014, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Notes, at once or over time, after giving the notice required pursuant to Section 3.03 upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) on the Notes redeemed to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest
Payment Date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	106.656	% 
	 2015
	  	 	104.438	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.219	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) At any
time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or any portion of the Notes after giving the notice required pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as of the date of redemption, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date of redemption,
subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (c) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price of
108.875% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of a sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or any Preferred Stock)
of the Company; provided that: 
 (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally
issued under this Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and 

(2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests. 

(d) Notice of redemption upon any sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock or any Preferred Stock) of the
Company or in connection with a transaction (or series of related transactions) that constitute a Change of Control may, at the Company’s discretion, be given prior to completion thereof and be subject to one or more conditions precedent,
including, but not limited to, completion of such sale or Change of Control. 
 (e) Any redemption pursuant to
this Section 3.07 will be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 

  
 43 

 Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. 

Except as set forth in Sections 3.09, 4.12 and 4.17, the Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund
payments with respect to the Notes or to repurchase the Notes at the option of the Holders. 
 Section 3.09. Offer To Purchase by
Application of Excess Proceeds. 
 (a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12, the Company is
required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset Sale Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below. 
 (b) The Asset Sale Offer will be made to all Holders and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with
respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets. The Asset Sale Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess
Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Indebtedness tendered
in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 (c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, will be paid to the
Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. 

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company will send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and
each of the Holders. The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, will state: 

(1) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 and the length of
time the Asset Sale Offer will remain open; 
 (2) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

 (3) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest; 

(4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in denominations of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof (so long as no Note of $2,000 or less will be purchased in part); 

(6) that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer will be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the
notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date; 
 (7) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased; 

  
 44 

 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari
passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other
pari passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased; so long as no Note
of $2,000 or less will be purchased in part); 
 (9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and 
 (10) any other procedures the Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders must follow in order to withdraw an election to tender
Notes (or portions thereof) for payment. 
 (e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this
Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, will promptly (but in any case not later than two Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase
price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be
transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or
Officer’s Certificate will be required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred) such new Note; and provided, further, each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

 (f) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this
Section 3.09 will be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 4 

 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01. Payment of Notes. 
 The Company will pay or
cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in this Indenture and the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional
Interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available
funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due. Such Paying Agent will return to the Company promptly, and in any event, no later than five Business Days
following the date of payment, any money (including accrued interest) that exceeds such amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest paid on the Notes. The Company will pay Additional Interest, if any, in the same
manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is
not a Legal Holiday, and no interest will accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 

  
 45 

 The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal to the then applicable rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Section
4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Company will maintain an office or agency
(which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate or agent of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company will fail
to maintain any such required office or agency or will fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby
appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 (b) The
Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written
notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 

Section 4.03. Reports. 
 (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will make available to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes (which requirement may be
satisfied by filing with the SEC for public availability or posting on the Company’s website if the SEC will not accept such filings), within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (or within 15 days thereafter if
the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act or the SEC will not accept such filing): 
 (1) all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such reports; and 

(2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required
to file such reports. 
 All such reports will be prepared in all material respects in compliance with all of the rules and
regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants. The Company will file a copy of each of
the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing). The Company
will at all times comply with TIA §314(a). 
 If, at any time, the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting
requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company will nevertheless continue filing the reports specified in the preceding 

  
 46 

 paragraphs with the SEC within 15 days of the time periods specified above unless the SEC will not accept
such a filing. The Company will not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the
reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within 15 days of the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the SEC. 

(b) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual
financial information required by clause (a) of this Section 4.03 will be accompanied by a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the
Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company, or the Company will make such presentation available to the Trustee and the Holders of Notes by posting such information to its website. 

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, if at any time the Company is not required to file with the SEC the
reports required by paragraph (a) of this Section 4.03, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. The Company will be deemed to have provided such information to Holders, securities analysts and prospective investors if it has filed reports containing such information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system
and such reports are publicly available. 
 (d) To the extent any such information is not so filed or furnished,
as applicable, within the time periods specified above and such information is subsequently filed or furnished, as applicable, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any default with
respect thereto will be deemed to have been cured; provided that such cure will not otherwise affect the rights of Holders of the Notes if Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have declared the
principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately and such declaration has not been rescinded or cancelled prior to such cure. 

(e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee to the extent required hereunder is for
informational purposes only, the Trustee has no duty or obligation to investigate further and the Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information or documents will not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of the covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate). 

Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company, the Guarantors and
their respective Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed
and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company, the Guarantors and their respective Subsidiaries have kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default will have
occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto). 

(b) The Company will otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2). 
 (c) The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 10 Business Days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any event that with the giving of notice
and/or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

  
 47 

 Section 4.05. Taxes. 

The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments and
governmental levies, except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 

Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit
the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 Section 4.07. Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
(i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each Guarantor, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Guarantor and
(ii) the material rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and such Guarantors; provided, however, that the Company will not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise of the Company
or any Guarantor, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any Guarantor, if the Company’s or such Guarantor’s Board of Directors will determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business
of the Company and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes, or that such preservation is not necessary in connection with any transaction not prohibited
by this Indenture. 
 Section 4.08. Payments for Consent. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any
consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders
of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable,
contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or
issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or such Preferred Stock is issued, as the case may be, would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred or the Disqualified Stock or the Preferred 

  
 48 

 Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four fiscal quarter
reference period; and provided further that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test under this paragraph, if
after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), more than an aggregate of $15.0 million of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors would be outstanding pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test under this paragraph. 
 (b) Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”): 

(1) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness and letters of credit under Credit
Facilities (and guarantees thereof) in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries thereunder) not to exceed (i) $160.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent) denominated in U.S. dollars, (ii) €87.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent) denominated in Euros and
(iii) $100.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent) in the case of incremental borrowings, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date to
repay any term Indebtedness under a Credit Facility or to repay any revolving credit Indebtedness under a Credit Facility and effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder pursuant to Section 4.12; 

(2) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; 

(3) the incurrence by the Company and the Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and Note Guarantees thereof
(and any Notes and Note Guarantees issued in exchange for the Notes and Note Guarantees pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) to be issued on the Issue Date; 

(4) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Attributable Debt,
Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, project financing, or purchase money obligations, in each case (other than Attributable Debt), incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of design,
construction, installation or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to
renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed at any time outstanding the greater of (i) 5.0% of Total Assets and (ii) $35.0 million; 

(5) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange
for, or the net proceeds of which are used to renew, refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under Section 4.09(a) or clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (12), (15) or
(16) of this Section 4.09(b); 
 (6) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: 
 (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes; and

 (b) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being
held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed,
in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6); 

  
 49 

 (7) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that: 
 (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

 (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (7); 

(8) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations (which may, but need not
be, under Credit Facilities) for the purpose of hedging risks associated with the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (9) the guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that executes a Note Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was permitted to be
incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09; provided that if the Indebtedness being guaranteed is subordinated to or pari passu with the Notes, then the guarantee will be subordinated or pari passu, as applicable,
to the same extent as the Indebtedness guaranteed; 
 (10) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, bankers’ acceptances, performance, surety, statutory, or appeal bonds in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a
bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently drawn against insufficient funds, so long as such Indebtedness is covered within five Business Days; 

(12) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Restricted
Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Indebtedness incurred in contemplation of, or in connection with, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary of or
was otherwise acquired by the Company); provided, however, that for any such Indebtedness outstanding at any time under this clause (12), on the date that such Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, the Company would have been able to
incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a); 
 (13) Indebtedness arising from
agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any assets or property or
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (14) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft
protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts; 
 (15) the incurrence by (i) any
Securitization Subsidiary of Indebtedness pursuant to a Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under factoring agreements providing for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
to sell or otherwise dispose of any receivable on arm’s length terms for cash payable at the time of disposal, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew, refund, refinance, replace,
defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (15), not to exceed at any time outstanding $50.0 million; 

  
 50 

 (16) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
additional Indebtedness (which may, but need not, be pursuant to Credit Facilities) in an aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at any time outstanding, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to renew,
refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (16), not to exceed $25.0 million; 
 (17) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company supported by a letter of credit issued pursuant to a Credit Agreement in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount
of such letter of credit; and 
 (18) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; provided, however, that
the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred under this clause (18) which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (18), does not exceed $15.0 million.

 (c) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor will incur any Indebtedness (including Permitted Debt) that is
contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees on substantially identical
terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on
a first or junior Lien basis. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the
event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (1) through (18) above, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company
will be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its incurrence, or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section 4.09. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities
outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture will initially be deemed to have been incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Debt.
Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this
Section 4.09 permitting such Indebtedness. The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the
reclassification of Preferred Stock as Indebtedness due to a change in accounting principles, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided, in each such case, that the amount of any such accrual, accretion or
payment is included in Fixed Charges of the Company as accrued. 
 (e) For purposes of determining compliance
with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect
on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a
foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,
the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be or be deemed to be exceeded as a result of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values. 

  
 51 

 (f) The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 (1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue
discount; 
 (2) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and 

(3) in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of:

 (a) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and 

(b) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person. 
 Section 4.10. Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any
payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests in their
capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and other than dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection
with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company; 
 (iii) make any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Indebtedness of the Company that is contractually subordinated to the Notes
(excluding any intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated Maturity thereof; or 

(iv) make any Restricted Investment; 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in these clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of
and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or
would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; 
 (2) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter reference period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); and 

  
 52 

 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6) and (12) of Section 4.10(b)), is less than the sum, without duplication, of:

 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the
beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date to the end of the Company’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such
Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus 
 (B) 100% of the
aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company since the Issue Date (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company including upon exercise of stock options whether issued
before or after the Issue Date (other than Disqualified Stock or Excluded Contributions) or (ii) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have
been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock or debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company); plus 

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property and marketable securities received
by means of (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date and repurchases and redemptions of such
Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case of (i) and (ii) not to exceed the lesser of
(x) the initial amount treated as a Restricted Investment and (y) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment; plus 
 (D) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary, or merged or consolidated into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or assets of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary are transferred to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, after the Issue Date, the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary as of the date of such redesignation or
(ii) such Fair Market Value as of the date on which such Subsidiary was originally designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; plus 
 (E) an amount equal to the sum of the net reduction in the Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person resulting from repurchases,
repayments or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds realized on the sale of such Investment and proceeds representing the return of capital (excluding dividends and distributions), in each case received by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to the Issue Date. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.10(a) will not
prohibit (provided that with respect to clauses 3(b), (5), (7), (9), (10) and (12) below, no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby): 

(1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of
declaration of the dividend or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(2) the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent
sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided that the amount of any
such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (3)(B) of Section 4.10(a); 

  
 53 

 (3) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company with 
 (a) the net cash proceeds from a
substantially concurrent incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, or 
 (b) after the completion of a
Change in Control Offer pursuant to the terms of Section 4.17, to the extent required pursuant to any similar change of control offer provision of this Indenture or other agreement governing Subordinated Indebtedness; 

(4) the payment of any dividend (or, in the case of any partnership or limited liability company, any similar
distribution) by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests who are not Affiliates of the Company, except Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, on a pro rata basis; 

(5) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any current or former officer, director or employee of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any employment agreement, equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement,
shareholders’ agreement, stock option plan, other benefit plan or similar agreement or arrangement; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests may not exceed $7.0
million in any calendar year; 
 (6) the repurchase of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of
stock options or stock appreciation rights to the extent such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of those stock options or stock appreciation rights; 

(7) the declaration and payment of regularly scheduled or accrued dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company issued on or after the Issue Date in accordance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); 
 (8) payments or distributions to shareholders exercising appraisal or discount rights pursuant to applicable law pursuant to or in connection with a merger, consolidation or transfer of all or
substantially all of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiary assets that complies with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (9) in the event of a Change of Control Triggering Event, and if no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee (including any Exchange Notes and any guarantees thereof) of such Guarantor, in each case, at a purchase
price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest therein; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption or defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement, the Company (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) has made the Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes (including any Exchange Notes) and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in
connection with such Change of Control Offer; 
 (10) in the event of an Asset Sale which requires the Company to
make an Asset Sale Offer, and if no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor that is
subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee (including any Exchange Notes and any guarantees thereof) of such Guarantor, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount of such
Indebtedness, plus any accrued and unpaid interest therein; provided that prior or contemporaneously with such payment, purchase, redemption or defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made an Asset Sale Offer with
respect to the Notes (including any Exchange Notes) and has repurchased all Notes (including any Exchange Notes) validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Asset Sale Offer; 

  
 54 

 (11) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement
for a nominal value per right of any rights granted to all the holders of Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to any shareholders’ rights plan adopted for the purpose of protecting shareholders from unfair takeover practices; provided
that any such purchase, redemption, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement of such rights will not be for the purpose of evading the limitations of this Section 4.10 (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 (12) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20.0 million since the Issue Date; and

 (13) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions. 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the
asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. If the Fair Market Value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by
this Section 4.10 exceeds $25.0 million, the Board of Directors’ determination of Fair Market Value must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United
States. 
 Section 4.11. Liens. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) of
any kind on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless all payments due under this Indenture and the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations
are no longer so secured. 
 Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding sentence will provide by
its terms that such Lien will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. 

Section 4.12. Asset Sales. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 
 (1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or
sold or otherwise disposed of (provided that Fair Market Value will be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale); and 
 (2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash. For purposes of this
clause (2), each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (a) Cash Equivalents; 

(b) any liabilities, as shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated balance sheet, of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to an agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary from, or indemnifies the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary against, further liability; 

  
 55 

 (c) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or
any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 180 days by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received in that conversion; 

(d) any stock or assets of the kind referred to in clauses (2) or (4) of the next paragraph of this
Section 4.12; and 
 (e) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (e) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed $20.0
million. 
 Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Proceeds: 
 (1) to permanently repay or prepay Indebtedness
and other Obligations (or cash collateralize outstanding letters of credit with a corresponding reduction of commitments with respect thereto) under a secured Credit Facility and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to
correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
 (2) to acquire (including by way of a purchase of
assets or stock, merger, consolidation or otherwise) all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Stock of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Stock, the Permitted Business is or
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (3) to make a capital expenditure; or 

(4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or useful in a
Permitted Business; 
 provided that in the case of clauses (2), (3) and (4) above, a legally binding commitment will be
treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or such other Restricted Subsidiary applies such Net Proceeds within 180 days of entering into such commitment (an “Acceptable
Commitment”); provided, further, that if any Acceptable Commitment is cancelled or terminated for any reason more than 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds, then such Net Proceeds will constitute Excess
Proceeds. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce
revolving credit borrowings (under the Credit Facilities or otherwise) or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. 
 Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the second paragraph of this Section 4.12 will constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, within 30 days thereof, the Company will make an Asset Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes containing provisions
similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to mandatory prepayments and offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness
that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and will be payable in
cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari
passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company (or the applicable agent for such pari passu Indebtedness) shall select such other pari
passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 

  
 56 

 The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this
Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 Section 4.13. Dividend And Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) make loans or
advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its
properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) The restrictions in Section 4.13(a) will
not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) agreements governing Existing
Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that such amendments,
restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are either (i) not materially less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Holders of the Notes than such encumbrances or restrictions contained in those
agreements on the Issue Date or (ii) not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such
encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial
covenant relating to such Indebtedness; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

(3) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 

(4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be
incurred; 
 (5) customary non-assignment provisions in contracts, leases, joint venture agreements, licenses and
similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) purchase money obligations for
property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capital Lease Obligations that impose restrictions on the property purchased or leased of the nature described in clause (3) of Section 4.13(a); 

  
 57 

 (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted
Subsidiary or assets that restricts distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of the assets pending the sale or other disposition; 
 (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a
whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; 
 (9) Liens permitted
to be incurred by the provisions of Section 4.11 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to such Liens; 
 (10) provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, Capital Stock sale agreements and other
similar agreements entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets, or (in the case of Capital Stock sales) entities, that are the subject of such agreements; 

(11) agreements governing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company under the
provisions of Section 4.09; provided that such agreements (except those agreements entered into pursuant to clauses (16) or (18) of the definition of “Permitted Debt”) are not materially more restrictive, taken as a
whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the agreements governing Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date; and 

(12) encumbrances and restrictions applicable to a Securitization Subsidiary that in the good faith judgment of the
Company are necessary or advisable to effect the transactions contemplated under a Qualified Securitization Financing. 
 Section 4.14.
Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding,
loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”), involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, unless: 

(1) the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that would have reasonably been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
 (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee: 
 (a) with respect to any
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such
Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.14 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and 

(b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $20.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of
national standing in the United States. 
 (b) The following items will not be deemed to be Affiliate Transactions and,
therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.14(a): 

  
 58 

 (1) any employment agreement, employee benefit plan, officer, trustee or
director indemnification agreement or any similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and payments pursuant thereto; 

(2) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(3) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company) that is an Affiliate of the Company
solely because the Company owns, directly or through a Restricted Subsidiary, an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; 
 (4) payment of reasonable compensation or fees to directors, officers, employees, managers or consultants of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

(5) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants of the Company, or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries and employment agreements, stock option plans and other similar arrangements with such employees or consultants which, in each case of a payment, loan or cancellation exceeding $1.0 million, are approved by a majority of the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (6) any issuance of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to Affiliates of the Company; 
 (7) Restricted Payments that do not
violate Section 4.10; 
 (8) Permitted Investments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture;

 (9) provision of corporate-level administrative, marketing, tax, accounting, budgeting, treasury, finance,
employee benefits, legal, risk management and other similar services for the benefit of Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company on substantially the same terms provided to Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company; 

(10) payment of consolidated taxes on behalf of Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(11) payment of sales agency, administration, management, license and other fees, reimbursement of expenses, and payment
of interest, principal, dividends or other distributions, in each case from an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company; 
 (12) sales or other dispositions of receivables in connection with any factoring agreements providing for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any receivable on
arm’s length terms for cash payable at the time of disposal; 
 (13) any agreement in effect as of the Issue
Date, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date); and 

(14) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing. 

Section 4.15. Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. 

The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale and leaseback transaction; provided
that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if: 

  
 59 

 (1) the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, could have
(a) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt relating to such sale and leaseback transaction under Section 4.09 and (b) incurred a Lien to secure such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.11; 

(2) the gross cash proceeds of that sale and leaseback transaction are at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the
property that is the subject of that sale and leaseback transaction; and 
 (3) the transfer of assets in that
sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, Section 4.12. 

Section 4.16. Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would
not cause a Default. If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate Fair Market Value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as
Unrestricted will be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10 or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as
determined by the Company. That designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Any designation of a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.10 
 If, at any
time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be
deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09, the Company will be in default of such covenant. The Board of
Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 4.09, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred
at the beginning of the four fiscal quarter reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. 
 Section 4.17. Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control. 
 If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, each Holder will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof)
of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer on the terms set forth in this Indenture (the “Change of Control Offer”). In the Change of Control Offer, the Company will offer a payment in cash (the “Change of
Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders
of notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee)
describing the transaction or transactions and identifying the ratings decline that together constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and offering to repurchase Notes on the date specified in the notice (the “Change of Control
Payment Date”), which date will be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. If mailed in a manner herein
provided, the notice shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give notice or any defect in such notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for
the repurchase of any other Note. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with
the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict 

  
 60 

 
with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 On the Change of Control Payment Date, the
Company will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 
 (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of
Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be
delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company. 

The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the
Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each holder a new Note equal in aggregate principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note
will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. The
provisions described above that require the Company to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event will be applicable whether or not any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable. Except as described above
with respect to a Change of Control Triggering Event, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a
third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes properly
tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07, unless and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering
Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 Section 4.18. Limitation on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness. 
 The Company will not permit any of its Domestic Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee or pledge any assets to secure the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company (except Permitted
Liens) unless such Domestic Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the guarantee of the payment of the Notes by such Domestic Subsidiary, which guarantee will be senior to or pari passu with
such Domestic Subsidiary’s guarantee of or pledge to secure such other Indebtedness. 
 Section 4.19. Business
Activities. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business
other than Permitted Businesses, except to such extent as would not be material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. 

  
 61 

 Section 4.20. Note Guarantees. 

If the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquires or creates a Domestic Subsidiary after the Issue Date, then that newly
acquired or created Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary or an Immaterial Subsidiary) will become a Guarantor and execute a supplemental indenture (in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D) within 20 Business Days of
the date on which it was acquired or created; provided that any Domestic Subsidiary that does not constitute a Significant Subsidiary need not become a Guarantor until such time as it is a Significant Subsidiary or otherwise guarantees other
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary as a Guarantor at any time. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSORS 

Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The Company will not, directly or indirectly: (i) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation); or (ii) sell, assign, transfer,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless: 

(1) either: (A) the Company is the surviving corporation; or (B) the Person formed by or surviving any such
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States
or the District of Columbia (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); 
 (2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes in writing all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3) immediately after such
transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; 
 (4) the Company or the Successor Company (if other than
the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made would, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred
at the beginning of the applicable four fiscal quarter reference period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a); 

(5) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case
Section 5.01(b)(1)(B) will apply, will have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee will apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement, if applicable at such
time; and 
 (6) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture. 
 In addition, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related
transactions, to any other Person. 
 This Section 5.01 will not apply to: 

  
 62 

 (1) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of
reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction; or 
 (2) any consolidation or merger, or any sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) Subject to Section 10.04, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation
or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor,
as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such surviving Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 (B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such
Guarantor under the Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Note Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures; 
 (C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and 

(D) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with the Indenture; 

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.12; or 

(3) such property or assets constitute Equity Interests of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, which Equity
Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed to Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors. 
 (c) In the case of clause (1) of Section 5.01(b), the Successor Person will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (1) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into, wind up into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the
Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability
corporation or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor or (4) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Company determines in good faith that such action is in the best
interests of the Company. 
 Section 5.02. Successor Company Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of
the properties or assets of the Company or a Guarantor in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the Successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company or
such Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made will succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, will refer instead to the Successor Person and not to the Company or such Guarantor, as
applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if 

  
 63 

 such Successor Person had been named as the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, herein; provided,
however, that the predecessor entity will not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in
a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof. 
 ARTICLE 6

 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 Section 6.01. Events of Default. 
 Each of the following is an
“Event of Default”: 
 (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest
on, or Additional Interest, if any, with respect to with respect to the Notes; 
 (b) default in payment when due
(at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise) of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; 
 (c) failure
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with the provisions of Sections 4.12, 4.17 or 5.01; 
 (d) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 60 days after notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding voting as a single class to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture; 
 (e) default
under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default: 

(1) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness aggregating $15.0
million or more prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or 

(2) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity, and the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or more; 

(f) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of
competent jurisdiction aggregating in excess of $15.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged and stayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment becomes final; 

(g) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would
constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (1) commences a
voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (2) consents to the
entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up; 

  
 64 

 (3) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver
and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; 
 (4)
makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 
 (5) admits in writing its inability to pay
its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; and 
 (h) a court of competent jurisdiction
enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (1) is for relief against the Company or any of its
Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; or 
 (2) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken
together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; or 
 (3) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group
of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; 
 and such order or decree
remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 Section 6.02. Acceleration. 

In the case of an Event of Default specified in clause (g) or (h) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company, any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
immediately without any further declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture. 

If any other Event of Default described in Section 6.01 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and, subject to
Section 7.05, the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of
all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, and premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such
notice is a notice of acceleration, and the same will become immediately due and payable. 
 Section 6.03. Other Remedies.

 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any other available remedy to collect the payment of
principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising
any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default will not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies will be cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 

  
 65 

 Section 6.04. Waiver of Defaults. 

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by written notice to the Trustee may, on
behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder affected by such modification or amendment. In
the event of any Event of Default specified in clause (e) of Section 6.01, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) will be annulled,
waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 20 days after such Event of Default arose: 
 (1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged; or 
 (2) holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or 

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 

Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default, such Default will cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom will be
deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05. Control by Majority. 
 Subject to
Section 7.01, Section 7.02(f) (including the Trustee’s receipt of the security or indemnification described therein), Section 7.05 and Section 7.07, in case an Event of Default will occur and be continuing, the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will be given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power
conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in
personal liability. 
 Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

Subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee hereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holder unless the Holders will have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest and Additional Interest, if any, when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this
Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event
of Default is continuing; 
 (2) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (3) Holders of the Notes have offered the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with
such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

  
 66 

 (5) Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60 day period. 
 The
preceding limitations will not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set
forth in such Note. 
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to
obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including Section 6.06), the right of any Holder to receive payment of
principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, will not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as will be
sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 
 The Trustee
will be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and will be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and
distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee will
consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate
in any such proceeding, will be denied for any reason, payment of the same will be secured by a Lien on, and will be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in
such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.10. Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it will pay out the money and property in the following order: 

  
 67 

 First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, respectively; and 
 Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction will direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to
pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 will not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7  
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested
in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or
not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or
its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph
(b) of this Section 7.01; 

  
 68 

 (2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee
is subject to this Section 7.01 and Section 7.02. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture will require
the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability if the Trustee shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to
it. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, including any right or power to seek payment from a Guarantor, unless such Holder will have offered to the
Trustee reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The
Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 (g) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it at the direction of the Company
under the circumstances in which such direction is required or expressly permitted by the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 7.02.
Rights of Trustee. 
 Subject to TIA Section 315: 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel
or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any
Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon. 

(c) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be
authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (d) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 
 (e) The Trustee will not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is
in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such
notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture. 

  
 69 

 (f) The Trustee will not be required to give any bond or surety in respect
of the performance of its power and duties hereunder. 
 (g) The Trustee will have no duty to inquire as to the
performance of the Company’s covenants herein. 
 (h) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers
hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 (i) The Trustee, in its capacity as such, shall have no duty (A) to see to any recording, filing, or
depositing of this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein, (B) to see to any insurance, (C) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment, or other governmental charge or any lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with
respect to, assessed or levied against, any part of the money or property collected by the Trustee or (D) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or certificates of the Company or its accountants or agents delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture. 
 Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or
any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as described in Section 310(b) of the TIA) it must eliminate such conflict within
90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the TIA) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee will also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of the Offering Memorandum, this Indenture or the Notes, it will not be accountable for the
Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying
Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of
authentication. 
 Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee will mail to Holders a notice of
the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold
notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. In addition, the Trustee will have no obligation
to accelerate the Notes if in the judgment of the Trustee acceleration is not in the best interests of the Holders of the Notes. 
 Section
7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. 
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15
following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee will mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a)
has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also will comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee will also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).

  
 70 

 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders will be mailed to the
Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

 Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any
law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such
expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The
Company will indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee, and each of their respective officers, directors and agents, against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and
out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees (for purposes of this Section, “losses”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties as Trustee under this Indenture,
including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection
with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties as Trustee hereunder, except to the extent such losses may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may
seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of its obligations under this Section 7.07, except to the extent the Company has been prejudiced thereby. Upon the election of the Company, the
Company will have the right to assume the defense of the claim, and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel at its own expense, but if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there is an
actual or potential conflict of interest or may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to
engage separate counsel, then the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in no event shall the Company have the right, without the related indemnified person’s consent, to settle any such claim if such settlement (i) arises from or is part of any criminal action, suit or proceeding,
(ii) contains a stipulation to, confession of judgment with respect to, or admission or acknowledgement of, any liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Trustee or such indemnified person, (iii) provides for injunctive relief, or other
relief other than monetary damages, or (iv) does not contain an unconditional release of the Trustee and such indemnified person from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of the related dispute or proceeding. The Company need
not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 
 The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes
through the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. 
 To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this
Section, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on particular Notes. Such
Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services
after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration
under any Bankruptcy Law. 

  
 71 

 Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor
Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time
upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying
the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply
with Section 7.10; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered
with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being
referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take
office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at
least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided, however, that all sums owing to the Trustee
hereunder will have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

In the case of an appointment hereunder of a separate or successor Trustee with respect to the Notes, the Company, the Guarantors, any
retiring Trustee and each successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Notes will execute and deliver an Indenture supplemental hereto (1) which will contain such provisions as will be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of any retiring Trustee with respect to the Notes as to which any such retiring Trustee is not retiring will continue to be vested in such retiring Trustee and (2) that will add to or change any of the
provisions of this Indenture as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture will constitute such
Trustee co-trustees of the same trust and that each such separate, retiring or successor Trustee will be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any such other Trustee. 

  
 72 

 Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another
corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act will, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to
exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company, or of a
bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

This Indenture will always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject
to TIA §310(b). 
 Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. 

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed will be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8  

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE  
 Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The Company may at any time, at its option, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8. 

Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04,
be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”) and each Guarantor will be released from
all of its obligations under its Note Guarantee. For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which will thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes, the Note Guarantees and this
Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, will execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and
Additional Interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the
Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 

  
 73 

 Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the
Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07 and 4.09 through 4.20, and 5.01(a)(4), with
respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”) and each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations under its
Note Guarantee with respect to such covenants in connection with such outstanding Notes and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the
consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For
this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an
Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes will be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clauses (c) (solely with respect to covenants that are released upon a
Covenant Defeasance), (d), (e), (f), (g) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and (h) (solely with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) of Section 6.01 or because of the Company’s failure to comply with clause (4) of Section 5.01(a). 

Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The following will be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 to the outstanding Notes. 
 The Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance may be exercised only if: 
 (a) the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof,
in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, or interest and premium and Additional Interest, if any, on the
outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company will specify whether the Notes are being defeased to such stated date or to a particular redemption date; provided,
however, that with respect to a redemption of all or any portion of the Notes, at once or over time, at any time prior to June 15, 2014 pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes and Section 3.07: 

(i) the amount of funds in trust that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited will be determined
using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such funds in trust; and 
 (ii) at
the time of deposit of such funds in trust, the funds in trust would be sufficient to pay and discharge the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, on the applicable date of redemption with an assumed
Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such funds in trust; and 
 (iii) the Company must
irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional funds in trust, as necessary, on the applicable date of redemption, as required by Section 3.05, necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date; 

  
 74 

 (b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company will have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the Issue Date, there has been a
change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 
 (d) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit
and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument (other than this Indenture and the Notes) to which the Company is a party or by which
the Company is bound; 
 (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture and the Notes) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (f) the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that
the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

 (g) the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. 
 Section 8.05.
Deposited Cash and U.S. Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject
to Section 8.06, all cash and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either
directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional
Interest, if any, but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable U.S. Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding
Notes. 
 Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time
to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified

  
 75 

 
public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof
that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06.
Repayment to Company. 
 The Trustee will promptly, and in any event, no later than five Business Days, pay to
the Company after request therefor, any excess money held with respect to the Notes at such time (including pursuant to Article 11) in excess of amounts required to pay any of the Company’s Obligations then owing with respect to the Notes.

 Any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the
Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest has become
due and payable will be paid to the Company on its request unless an abandoned property law designates another person or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder will thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look
only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however, that
the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment and if required by law, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times or The Wall Street Journal (national
edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then
remaining will be repaid to the Company. 
 Section 8.07. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable U.S. Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02
or 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this
Indenture, the Notes and the Notes Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in
accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Interest, if any, on, any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

ARTICLE 9 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture
or the Notes: 
 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes in order to comply with any
Applicable Procedures, or otherwise alter the provisions of Article 2 in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder; 

  
 76 

 (3) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s or any
Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; 
 (4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not, in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, adversely affect
the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder in any material respect; 
 (5) to comply with
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (6)
to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum; 
 (7) to provide for the issuance of additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the Issue Date; 

(8) to allow any Restricted Subsidiary to execute a supplemental indenture providing for a Note Guarantee with respect to
the Notes; 
 (9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to
the provisions hereof; or 
 (10) to amend provisions relating to the transfer and legending of Notes, including
to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes, provided that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of applicable Securities law and (ii) such amendment does
not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 
 Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of
Notes. 
 Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default in
(i) the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each
Holder affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes, including Additional
Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). 

Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any
Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
an amendment, supplement or waiver; 
 (2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note;

 (3) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be
redeemed pursuant to Section 3.09, Section 4.12 or Section 4.17; 
 (4) reduce the rate of or
change the time for payment of interest on any Note; 

  
 77 

 (5) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or
interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default
that resulted from such acceleration); 
 (6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 (7) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of
Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium or Additional Interest, if any, on, the Notes; or 
 (8) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions. 
 Sections
2.08 and 2.09 shall determine which Notes are outstanding for purposes of this Section. The Company may, but will not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or
waiver. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, will be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such
record date; provided that unless such consent will have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given will
automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect. 
 It will not be necessary for
the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it will be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.01 or this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to
each Holder affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however,
in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust
Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes will be set forth in an amended or
supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder
and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent
as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver will become effective in accordance with its terms and
thereafter will bind every Holder. 
 Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The
Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee will authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 

  
 78 

 Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee will sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver
does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. None of the Company nor any Guarantor may sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until its Board of Directors (or committee serving a similar function)
approves it. Subject to Section 12.04, in executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) will be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amendment, supplement or waiver complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 

ARTICLE 10 

GUARANTEES 
 Section
10.01. Guarantee. 
 Subject to this Article 10, the Guarantors hereby unconditionally guarantee to each Holder
of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns: (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes, subject
to any applicable grace period, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal of and premium, if any, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest and
Additional Interest, if any, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture and the Notes, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of
any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by
acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02, redemption or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 
 Each Guarantor
hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to its Note Guarantee will be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this Indenture, the absence of any
action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect to this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any
other circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims, rights and
remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but not limited to: (a) any right to require any of the Trustee, the Holders or the Company (each a
“Benefited Party”), as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (1) proceed against the Company, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Obligations under the Note Guarantees or any
other Person, (2) proceed against or exhaust any security held from the Company, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (3) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of any Benefited
Party in favor of the Company or any other Person, or (4) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Benefited Party whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of
the Company including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Obligations under the Note Guarantees or any agreement or instrument relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of
the Company from any cause other than payment in full of the Obligations under the Note Guarantees; (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in
other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Benefited Party’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Obligations under the Note Guarantees, except behavior which amounts to gross
negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; (e)(1) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms of the Note 

  
 79 

 Guarantees and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (2) the
benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (3) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims and (4) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any
Benefited Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (f) notices, demands, presentations, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction,
including acceptance of the Note Guarantees, notices of Default under the Notes or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Obligations under the Note Guarantees or any agreement related
thereto, and notices of any extension of credit to the Company and any right to consent to any thereof; (g) to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of any “One Action” rule and (h) any defenses or benefits that
may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms of the Note Guarantees. Except to the extent expressly provided herein, including Sections 8.02, 8.03 and
10.04, each Guarantor hereby covenants that its Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Note Guarantee and this Indenture. 

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee,
liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and
effect. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect
of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the
maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Section 6.02 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the
Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. Any Guarantor that makes a payment in respect of its obligations under this Indenture or the Notes will have the right to seek contribution from any other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other
Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment in accordance with GAAP, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders
under the Note Guarantee. 
 Section 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 

(a) Each Guarantor and, by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such
parties that the guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the
extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that each Guarantor’s liability will be that amount from time to time equal to the aggregate
liability of such Guarantor under the Note Guarantee, but will be limited to the lesser of (a) the aggregate amount of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or (b) the amount, if any, which would not have
(1) rendered the Guarantor “insolvent” (as such term is defined in the Federal Bankruptcy Code and in the Debtor and Creditor Law of the State of New York) or (2) left it with unreasonably small capital at the time its Note
Guarantee was entered into, after giving effect to the incurrence of existing Indebtedness immediately before such time; provided, however, it will be a presumption in any lawsuit or proceeding in which a Guarantor is a party that the
amount guaranteed pursuant to the Note Guarantee is the amount described in clause (a) above unless any creditor, or representative of creditors of the Guarantor, or debtor in possession or Trustee in bankruptcy of the Guarantor, otherwise
proves in a lawsuit that the aggregate liability of the Guarantor is limited to the amount described in clause (b). 
 (b) In making any determination as to the solvency or sufficiency of capital of a Guarantor in accordance with the proviso of Section 10.02(a), the right of each Guarantor to contribution from other
Guarantors and any other rights such Guarantor may have, contractual or otherwise, will be taken into account. 

  
 80 

 Section 10.03. Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. 

To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture will be entered into on
behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer of such Guarantor. 
 Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note. the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

 The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 The Company hereby agrees that it will cause each Person
that becomes obligated to provide a Note Guarantee pursuant to Section 4.20 hereof to execute a supplemental indenture in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D, pursuant to which such Person provides the Note Guarantee set forth in this
Article 10 and otherwise assumes the obligations and accepts the rights of a Guarantor under this Indenture, in each case with the same effect and to the same extent as if such Person had been named herein as a Guarantor. 

Section 10.04. Releases. 
 (a) The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released: 
 (1) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or
after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.12; 

(2) in connection with any sale or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not
(either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, if the sale or other disposition does not violate Section 4.12; 

(3) in connection with the release or discharge of the guarantee (or underlying Indebtedness thereof) which resulted in
the creation of such Note Guarantee, including pursuant to Section 4.18; 
 (4) if the Company designates
any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; or 
 (5) upon Legal Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided by Section 8.02 or Section 11.01. 

(b) Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.04 will
remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 10. 

  
 81 

 ARTICLE 11 
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 
 Section 11.01. Satisfaction and
Discharge. 
 (a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued
hereunder, when either: 
 (1) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes
that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 

(2)(A) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the
mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise, or will become due and payable within one year, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash
in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered
to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; as the case may be; provided, however, that with respect to a redemption of all or any portion
of the Notes, at once or over time, at any time prior to June 15, 2014, pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes and Section 3.07: 
 (i) the amount of funds in trust that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such
funds in trust; 
 (ii) at the time of deposit of such funds in trust, the funds in trust would be sufficient to
pay and discharge the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, on the applicable date of redemption with an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of deposit of such funds in trust; and

 (iii) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional funds in trust, as necessary,
on the applicable date of redemption, as required by Section 3.05, necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date; 
 (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit
and the granting of Liens in connection therewith) and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument (other than this Indenture and the Notes) to which the Company is a party or by which
the Company is bound; 
 (C) the Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it
under this Indenture; and 
 (D) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this
Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 (b) In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

  
 82 

 (c) Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01(a)(2), the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 of this
Indenture, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 
 Section 11.02. Deposited Cash and
U.S. Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.06, all cash
and non-callable U.S. Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 11.02, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 11.01 in
respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as
Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, but such cash and securities need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA will control.

 Section 12.02. Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return
receipt requested), electronic mail, facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address: 
 If to the Company and/or any Guarantor: 
 Xerium Technologies,
Inc. 
 8537 Six Forks Road, Suite 300 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27615 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 Fax No.: (919) 526-1430

 Email: kevin.mcdougall@xerium.com 

With a copy to: 
 Smith, Anderson, Blount, Dorsett, Mitchell & Jernigan, L.L.P. 
 2500 Wachovia Capitol Center 
 Raleigh, North Carolina 27601

 Attention: Gerald F. Roach 

Fax No.: (919) 821-6800 
 Email: groach@smithlaw.com 
 If to the Trustee: 

U.S. Bank National Association 
 214 North Tryon Street, 27th Floor 
 Charlotte, NC 28202

  
 83 

 Attention: Corporate Trust Services — Xerium Technologies, Inc.

 Fax No.: (704) 335-4676 

Email: katherine.esber@usbank.com 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee or Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices and communications to the Trustee or Holders will be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

 Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt
requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Security Register. Any notice or communication will also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA §313(c), to the
extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. 

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else will have the protection of TIA §312(c). 
 Section 12.04.
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the
Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company will furnish to the Trustee: 

(a) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the
statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; provided that an
Officer’s Certificate shall not be required in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which will include the statements
set forth in Section 12.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with; provided that an Opinion of Counsel shall not be required in connection with (i) the
issuance of Notes on the Issue Date or (ii) the execution and delivery by a Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture in substantially the form of Exhibit D. 

Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or
Opinion. 
 Each Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of
Counsel with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04(a) or (c) or TIA §314(a)(4)) will comply with the provisions of TIA
§314(e) and will include: 

  
 84 

 (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read
such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a
statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been
complied with. 
 With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate, certificates
of public officials or reports or opinions of experts. 
 Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and
Stockholders. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such,
will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or of the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantee, this Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver and release may not be effective to waive or release liabilities under
the federal securities laws. 
 Section 12.08. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND EACH NOTE GUARANTEE. EACH OF
THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE
TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY. 
 Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 12.10.
Successors. 
 All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its
successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.04 hereof.

 Section 12.11. Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby. 

  
 85 

 Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent
the same agreement. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed original signatures for all purposes. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of executed signature pages by facsimile or PDF shall constitute
effective execution and delivery hereof. 
 Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not
to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 12.14.
Force Majeure. 
 In no event will the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance
of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or
natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee will use reasonable efforts which are consistent with
accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 [Signatures
on following page] 

  
 86 

 SIGNATURES 
 Dated as of May 26, 2011 
  

			
	 Company:

	
	 XERIUM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen R.
Light

			
	Name:	 	Stephen R. Light
	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

SIGNATURE PAGES TO THE SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE 

 
			
	Guarantors:
	
	 HUYCK LICENSCO INC.

		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	ROBEC BRAZIL LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary

			
	
	STOWE WOODWARD LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	STOWE WOODWARD LICENSCO LLC
		
	By: 	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	WANGNER ITELPA I LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary

			
	
	WANGNER ITELPA II LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary

			
	
	WEAVEXX, LLC :
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

 SIGNATURE
PAGES TO SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE 

 
			
	XERIUM III (US) LIMITED
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	XERIUM IV (US) LIMITED
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	XERIUM V (US) LIMITED
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer
	
	XERIUM ASIA, LLC

			
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	XTI LLC
		
	By:	 	     /s/ Theodore D.
Orban

			
	Name:    	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary

 SIGNATURE PAGES TO SENIOR
NOTE INDENTURE 

 
			
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	     /s/ Katherine
Esber

			
	Name:    	 	Katherine Esber
	Title:	 	Vice President

 SIGNATURE PAGES TO
SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE 

 EXHIBIT A 

 
  

(Face of Note) 

8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 
  

			
		  	CUSIP                 
		  	ISIN                 
	No.         	  	$[                        
]

 Xerium Technologies, Inc. 
 promises to pay to CEDE & CO., INC. or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                    ] Dollars
($[                    ]) (as such principal amount may be increased or decreased on the attached schedule pursuant to the terms of the Indenture
referred to herein) on June 15, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2011

 Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 
 Dated: [                    ] 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officer. 

 

					
		
	XERIUM TECHNOLOGIES, INC.	 	
			
	 By:
	 	  
	 	
		 	 Name:
	 	
		 	 Title:
	 	

 This is one of the Global 
 Notes referred to in the 
 within-mentioned Indenture: 

 

			
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated:
[                    ] 

  
 A-1

 (Back of Note) 
 8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 
 [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the
terms of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the terms of the Indenture] 

Capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 1. Interest. Xerium Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.875% per annum from May 26, 2011 until maturity and will pay the Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below. The
Company will pay interest and Additional Interest, if any, semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest
Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of
interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest will accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided further that the first
Interest Payment Date will be December 15, 2011. The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate equal
to the then applicable rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest, if any (without regard to
any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 

2. Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest on the Notes and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are
registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 and December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as
provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar
maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with
respect to principal of, premium on, if any, and interest and Additional Interest, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company. Such payment will be in such coin
or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 

4. Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 26, 2011
(“Indenture”) among the Company, the guarantors party thereto (the “Guarantors”) and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture
by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such
terms. To the extent any provision of this Note is inconsistent with or conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture will govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company.
The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder. 

  
 A-2

 5. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of this Paragraph 5, the Company will not have the option to redeem the Notes
prior to June 15, 2014. On or after June 15, 2014, the Company will have the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years
indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2014
	  	 	106.656	% 
	 2015
	  	 	104.438	% 
	 2016
	  	 	102.219	% 
	 2017 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) At any time prior to
June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or any portion of the Notes after giving the notice required pursuant to Section 3.03 of the Indenture upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at
a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium (as defined in the Indenture) as of the date of redemption, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including any Additional Interest) to the date
of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date. 
 (c) At any time prior to June 15, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Indenture with the net cash proceeds
of a sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) of the Company at a redemption price equal to 108.875% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, to
the redemption date; provided that at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued under the Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of the closing of such sale of Equity Interests. 
 (d) Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the applicable redemption date. 

6. Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth in Sections 3.09, 4.12 and 4.17 of the Indenture, the Company is not required
to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 7. Repurchase at the Option of
Holders. 
 (a) If there is a Change of Control Triggering Event, as and to the extent required by Section 4.17 of
the Indenture, the Company will be required to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such
Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing the Change of
Control Offer as required by the Indenture. 
 (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company consummates any
Asset Sales, within 30 days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $15.0 million, the Company will commence an offer to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu with the
Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in the Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets (an “Asset Sale Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture
to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and other pari passu  

  
 A-3

 Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such
Restricted Subsidiary) may use such deficiency for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of
Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes and the Company (or the applicable agent for such pari passu indebtedness) shall select such other pari passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Holders of Notes that
are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” attached to the Notes. 
 8. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is
issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction or discharge of the Indenture. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, unless all of the Notes
held by a Holder are to be redeemed. 
 9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder,
among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of
any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of
Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 10.
Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder will be treated as the Note’s owner for all purposes. 

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. The Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented
(or Defaults or Events of Default thereunder waived) only as provided in the Indenture. 
 12. Defaults and
Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders will be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 

13. Authentication. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an
authenticating agent. 
 14. Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an
assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 15. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the
rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2011, among the Company and
the other parties named on the signature pages thereof or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes will have the rights set forth in one or more registration rights agreements, if any,
among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company and the Guarantors to the purchasers of any Additional Notes (collectively, the “Registration Rights Agreement”). 

16. CUSIP Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures,
the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has 

  
 A-4

 directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

17. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE
AND EACH NOTE GUARANTEE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 Xerium Technologies, Inc., 
 8537 Six Forks Road, Suite 300 
 Raleigh, North Carolina 27615 

Attention: General Counsel 

  
 A-5

 Option of Holder to Elect Purchase 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.17 of the Indenture, check the box below: 
  ̈    Section 4.12 
  ̈    Section 4.17 
 If you want to elect to have only part of the Note
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.17 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
$                                 

 

					
	
Date:                       
                             
	  	Your Signature:	  	 
		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note)
		
		  	Tax Identification No.:             
		
		  	  
 SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE:             

		
		  	  
  

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include
membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in
accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

  
 A-6

 Assignment Form 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

  

	
	 (Insert assignee’s social security or other tax I.D.
no.)

	
	
	 
	
	 
	
	 
	
	 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip
code)

  

			
	and irrevocably appoint	 	 

 as agent to transfer this Note on the books of
the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

 
  

					
	Date:
                                        
	 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the face of this Note)
  

		 	Signature Guarantee:	 	  

  
 A-7

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE 

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a
part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)	  	Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee
or
Note Custodian

  
 A-8

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
 Xerium Technologies, Inc., 

8537 Six Forks Road, Suite 300 
 Raleigh, North
Carolina 27615 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 214 North Tryon Street, 27th Floor 

Charlotte, NC 28202 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Services — Xerium Technologies, Inc. 
 Re:    8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Xerium
Technologies, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (“you”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture. 

                , (the
“Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                     in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
                     (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the
Transferor hereby certifies that: 
 [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY] 

1.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A
Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest
or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture
and the Securities Act. 
 2.  ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of
a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly,
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any
Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of
Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the
Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and
the Securities Act. 

  
 B-1

 3.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee
will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly
the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one): 
 (a)  ̈ such
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; 
 or 

(b)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

 or 

(c)  ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 4.  ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. 

(a)  ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture,
the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 (b)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted
Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant
to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture. 
 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company. 

  
 B-2

 
			
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	Dated: ______________________

  
 B-3

 ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 

 

	1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following: 

  

	 	[CHECK	ONE OF (a) OR (b)] 

  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	  (i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	  (ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note. 

 

	2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold: 

  

	 	[CHECK	ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)] 

  

	 	(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the: 

 

	 	  (i)	 ̈ 144A Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	  (ii)	 ̈ Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP             ), or

  

	 	  (iii)	 ̈ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP             ); or

  

	 	(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or 

 

	 	(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note, 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 

  
 B-4

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE 
 Xerium Technologies, Inc. 

8537 Six Forks Road, Suite 300 
 Raleigh, North
Carolina 27615 
 Attention: General Counsel 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 214 North Tryon Street, 27th Floor 

Charlotte, NC 28202 
 Attention: Corporate Trust
Services — Xerium Technologies, Inc. 
 Re:    8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among Xerium
Technologies, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (“you”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein will have the meanings
given to them in the Indenture. 

                      
                      , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s]
specified herein, in the principal amount of $                         in such Note[s] or interests (the
“Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that: 
 1. Exchange of
Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note 

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the
Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are
not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (c)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the
transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order
to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 

(d)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer
contained 

  
 C-1

 in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes 

(a)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to
Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted
Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 
 (b)  ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the
Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act. 

  
 C-2

 This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the
benefit of the Company. 
  

					
	[Insert Name of Transferor]
		
	 By:
	 	 
		 	 Name:

		 	 Title:

	Dated:                          
          	 	

  
 C-3

 EXHIBIT D 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[                ] [    ], 20[    ], among
[                    ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Xerium Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, each
of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 26, 2011, providing for the issuance
of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS,
the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will unconditionally Guarantee all of the
Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and 
 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture. 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 1.
Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition will have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 
 2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 10
thereof. 
 3. Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 4. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREBY OR THEREBY. 
 5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each
signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 
 6. Headings. The headings of
the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

7. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Supplemental Indenture or with respect to the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the other parties hereto. 

  
 D-1

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first above written. 
  

			
	 [NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as

Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 D-2Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 10.1 
 Xerium Technologies, Inc. 
 $240,000,000 

8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

May 26, 2011 
 Citigroup
Global Markets Inc. 
 Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
 As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers 
 c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 

388 Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Xerium Technologies, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to the several parties named in Schedule I to
the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) (the “Initial Purchasers”), $240,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8.875% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Securities”), upon the terms and conditions set
forth in the Purchase Agreement, dated May 20, 2011, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and you (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial placement (the “Initial
Placement”) of the Securities. The Securities will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (collectively,
the “Guarantors”). To induce you to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders
from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows: 

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase
Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Additional Interest” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8
hereof. 
 “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Act and the terms
“controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto. 

 “Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such
under the Exchange Act. 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal
holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City. 

“Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the Securities. 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 4(j)(ii) hereof. 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer Completion Deadline” shall mean the 30th Business
Day following the Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline. 
 “Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline”
shall mean the 270th day after the Closing Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 

“Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the 120-day period following the consummation of the Registered
Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all
amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include the Initial Purchasers) that is a Broker-Dealer and
elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company). 

“Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated May 20, 2011, relating to the Securities,
including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date. 

“FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

  
 2 

 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities,
dated as of the date hereof, among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(e) hereof. 

“Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Securities
registered under a Registration Statement. 
 “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker
or investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement. 

“New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company and the Guarantors evidencing the same continuing
indebtedness as the Securities and identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate and no Additional Interest shall apply thereto) to be issued under the
Indenture. 
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including,
without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement,
with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information
incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Purchase Agreement”
shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the
proposed offer of the Company and the Guarantors to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate
principal amount of the New Securities evidencing the same continuing indebtedness. 
 “Registrable
Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities: (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Act and such
Securities have been exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act (or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission),
(iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding, (iv) except in the case of Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by the Initial Purchasers and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange
Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated, and (v) on the second anniversary of this Agreement. 

  
 3 

 “Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5 hereof. 
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement
or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case
including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Shelf Effectiveness Deadline” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b). 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the
Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the
Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of
the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in
connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The
Company shall prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to be filed with the Commission and become effective under the Act no later than the Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange of the
Securities no later than the Exchange Offer Completion Deadline. 
 (b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming
that such Holder (i) is not an Affiliate of the Company, (ii) acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, (iii) is not engaged in, does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangements or
understanding with any 

  
 4 

 
person to participate in, the distribution of the New Securities, (iv) is not an Initial Purchaser holding the Securities that have the status of an unsold allotment remaining from the
initial distribution of the Securities, and (v) is not otherwise prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any
limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. 
 (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days and not more than 30 Business Days after
the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law); 

(iii) use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective,
supplemented and amended as required under the Act, to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers for a period ending on the earlier of (A) the last day of the Exchange Offer Registration Period and
(B) the date on which an Exchanging Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities; 
 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer, which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee; 

(v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last
Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 
 (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted by Shearman & Sterling LLP (pub. avail. July 2, 1993); and (B) including a
representation that the Company and the Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in
the distribution of the New Securities; and 

  
 5 

 (vii) comply in all material respects with all applicable laws in connection
with the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company
and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant
to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with
Section 4(r) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and 
 (iii) cause the Trustee promptly to
authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange; provided that, in the case of any Securities held in global
form by a depository, authentication and delivery to such depository of one or more replacement Securities in global form in an equivalent principal amount thereto for the account of such Holders in accordance with the Indenture shall satisfy such
authentication and delivery requirement. 
 (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such
Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) cannot under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings
Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling (pub. avail. July 2, 1993) and
similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration statement containing
the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K or any successor provisions under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by
such Holder directly from the Company, the Guarantors or one of their Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors in writing (which may be
contained in the applicable letter of transmittal) that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer: 
 (i) any New Securities received by such Holder will be acquired in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ii) such Holder is not engaged in, does not intend to engage in and does not and will not have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Securities or the
New Securities within the meaning of the Act; 

  
 6 

 (iii) such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company; and 

(iv) if such Holder is an Exchanging Dealer, then such Holder will comply with the applicable provisions of the Act
(including, but not limited to, the Prospectus delivery requirement thereunder) in connection with a sale of any Securities received by such Holder pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 

(f) If the Initial Purchasers determine that they are not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the
exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of the Initial Purchasers, the Company and the Guarantors shall issue and deliver to the Initial Purchasers or the person purchasing New Securities registered
under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from the Initial Purchasers, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective
reasonable best efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 

(g) The Company and the Guarantors shall ensure that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (B) do not contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made)
not misleading (it being understood that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be responsible for any information provided by or on behalf of Holders). 
 3. Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission or its staff, the Company and the Guarantors determine upon advice of
their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 30 Business Days of the date of the effectiveness
of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; (iii) prior to the 20th day following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer (A) the Initial Purchasers so request with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for
New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, or (B) any Holder (other than the Initial Purchasers) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange
Offer (other than by reason of such Holder being an Affiliate of the Company); or (iv) if the Initial Purchasers participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquire New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, and the Initial
Purchasers do not receive freely tradable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that the Initial Purchasers deliver a Prospectus containing the
information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable” and
(y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Company and the Guarantors shall effect at their cost a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below. 

  
 7 

 (b) (i) The Company and the Guarantors shall as promptly as reasonably practicable, file
with the Commission and shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within 105 days (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) after so required or requested (the
“Shelf Effectiveness Deadline”), a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of
distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than the Initial Purchasers) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf
Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by the Initial Purchasers in exchange
for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Company and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall
be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 

(ii) Subject to Section 4(c), the Company and the Guarantors shall use their respective reasonable best efforts to
keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period (the “Shelf Registration
Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the earliest of (A) the second anniversary of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or (B) the date upon
which all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold or distributed pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or have ceased to be Registrable Securities. The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have
used their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and
sell such Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Company in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the
Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(j)(ii) hereof. 

(iii) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act; and (B) not to contain any
untrue statement of 

  
 8 

 
a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (it being understood that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be responsible for any information provided by or on behalf of the Holders). 

4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the extent applicable, any
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply. 
 (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall:

 (i) furnish to the Initial Purchasers and to counsel for the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, not less than
five Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and, in the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, furnish the Majority Holders and their counsel a copy of the Shelf
Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein and shall use their reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such
comments as the Initial Purchasers or Majority Holders, as applicable, and such respective counsel reasonably propose; 
 (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in
a section setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal
delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (iii) if requested by the Initial Purchasers, include the
information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and 
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders.

 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall ensure that: 

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or
supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and 
 (ii) any Registration Statement and any
amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. 

  
 9 

 (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise the Holders of Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that, in each case, has provided in writing to the Company and the Guarantors a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if
requested by the Initial Purchasers or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus
until the Company and the Guarantors shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
 (i) when a
Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 

(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or
for additional information; 
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose; 
 (iv) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the
institution or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
 (v) of the happening of any event that
requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
 (d) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the
securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction and, if issued, to obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof. 
 (e) The
Company and the Guarantors shall, upon request, furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto,
including (if specifically requested) all material incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 

  
 10 

 (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to
each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as
such Holder may reasonably request. The Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities
covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (g) The
Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to the Initial Purchasers, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the
Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement
thereto by the Initial Purchasers, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the
Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 (h) Prior to the
Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to arrange, if necessary, for the registration and/or qualification (or
exemption therefrom) of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such registration and/or
qualification (or exemption therefrom) in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company and the Guarantors be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any
action that would subject them to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where they are
not then so subject. 
 (i) The Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the
timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent
with the provisions of the Indenture) as Holders may request. 
 (j) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by
subsection (c)(v) above, the Company and the Guarantors shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an
amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement 

  
 11 

 
provided for in Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date
when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section. 

(ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the
reasonable judgment of the Company, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such
events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s
receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 4(a) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or
supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”)
shall not exceed 90 days in any six-month period. 
 (k) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the
Company and the Guarantors shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New
Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 
 (l) The Company and the Guarantors shall comply
in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to their security holders an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable
after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first
fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement. 
 (m) The Company and the
Guarantors shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in a timely manner. 
 (n) The Company and
the Guarantors may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company
and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such
information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 
 (o) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the
Company and the Guarantors shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting 

  
 12 

 
agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an
underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof. 
 (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) make available at reasonable times for inspection all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries that shall be reasonably
available for inspection by the Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any
such underwriter; 
 (ii) cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors, employees,
accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or any such underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and attorney, accountant or agent in connection
with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; 
 (iii) make such
representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters
including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 
 (iv) if requested by the Majority
Holders, their counsel or the managing underwriters, if any, in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and
substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and
such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; 
 (v) if requested by the
Majority Holders, their counsel or the managing underwriters, if any, in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement, obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and,
if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration
Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary
underwritten offerings; and 

  
 13 

 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested
by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(j) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company and
the Guarantors. 
 The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (p) shall be performed at (A) the
effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. The actions set forth in clause (iv) of this
paragraph (p) shall be performed at each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. 
 (q) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall, if requested by the Initial Purchasers, or by a broker dealer that holds
Securities that were acquired as a result of market making or other trading activities: 
 (i) make reasonably
available for inspection by the requesting party, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the requesting party, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries; 
 (ii) cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors, employees,
accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the requesting party or any such attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence
examinations; 
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the requesting party, in form, substance and
scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement; 

(iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in
form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the requesting party and its counsel), addressed to the requesting party, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other
matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its counsel; 
 (v) obtain “comfort”
letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which
financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), 

  
 14 

 
addressed to the requesting party, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if
requested by the requesting party or its counsel in lieu of a “comfort” letter, an agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72, covering matters requested by the requesting party or its counsel; and

 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party or its
counsel, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(j) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting agreements. 

The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at the close of the Registered
Exchange Offer and the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The actions set forth in clause (iv) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at the close of the Registered Exchange
Offer. 
 (r) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or
to such other person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no
event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
 (s) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their
reasonable best efforts, if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such rating agencies will continue to rate the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration
Statement. 
 (t) In the event that any Broker-Dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an
underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the FINRA rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in
respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company and the Guarantors shall cooperate with such Broker-Dealer in connection with any filing required to be made under the FINRA rules. 
 (u) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered
by a Registration Statement. 
 5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear all expenses incurred
in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which
shall initially be Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith
(collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). For the avoidance of doubt, 

  
 15 

 
the Registration Expenses shall exclude any and all fees and expenses of advisors or counsel to parties other than the Company or the Guarantors (other than the fees and expenses set forth in the
preceding sentence); underwriting discounts and commissions; brokerage commissions; and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Securities or New Securities. 

6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, the Initial Purchasers and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(g) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer,
the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either Section 15
of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law
or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, and
agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that
the Company and the Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made
therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of any Holder or the Initial Purchasers specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition
to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 The Company and the Guarantors also, jointly and
severally, agree to indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(e) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf
Registration Statement, on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement
reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(o) hereof. 
 (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration
Statement (including the Initial Purchasers that are Holders, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of the Guarantors, each of their respective directors, each of their respective
officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company and/or any Guarantor within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) and agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or 

  
 16 

 
other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the
Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with respect to information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the
foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have. 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party
(i) will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and
defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be
entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below);
provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an
action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by
the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest between the indemnifying party and the indemnified party; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such
action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to
those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution
of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any
proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition
to any local counsel) representing the indemnified parties under paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 6, as the case may be, who are parties to such action or actions. Any such separate firm for any Holders shall be
designated in writing by the Holders who sold a majority in interest of the Securities or New Securities by all such Holders in the case of paragraph (a) of this Section 6 or the Company in the case of paragraph (b) of this
Section 6. In the event that any Holders are indemnified persons collectively entitled, in connection with a proceeding or separate but related or substantially similar proceedings in a single jurisdiction, to the payment of fees and expenses
of a single separate firm under this 

  
 17 

 
Section 6(c), and any such Holders cannot agree to a mutually acceptable separate firm to act as counsel thereto, then such separate firm for all such indemnified parties shall be designated
in writing by the Holders who sold a majority in interest of the Securities or New Securities by all such Holders. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld, delayed or conditioned, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder
(whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of
such claim, action, suit or proceeding and (ii) does not include any statement as to any admission, assumption or stipulation as to fault, liability, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. All fees and
expenses reimbursed pursuant to this paragraph (c) shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. 
 (d) After notice from the
indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof and approval by such indemnified party of counsel appointed to defend such action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party
under this Section 6 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof, unless (i) the indemnified party shall have
employed separate counsel in accordance with the third sentence of paragraph (c) of this Section 6 or (ii) the indemnifying party has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the
indemnifying party. After such notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such action effected by such indemnified party without the prior
written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), unless such indemnified party waived in writing its rights under this Section 6, in which case the indemnified party may
effect such a settlement without such consent. 
 (e) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or
(b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason for the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (other than by virtue of the failure of an
indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of
substantial rights or defenses)) referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation (unless the Holders are the indemnifying parties in which case their obligations are several and not joint) to
contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively
“Losses”) to which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other
hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall the Initial Purchasers be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount
or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, the purchase discount or commission applicable to the Security that was 

  
 18 

 
exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable
to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall contribute to cover the cost of the Losses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party,
on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net
proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover
page of the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be
deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified
party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding
the provisions of this paragraph (e), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to
contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or any of the Guarantors who shall have signed the
Registration Statement and each director of the Company or any of the Guarantors shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (e).

 (f) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on
behalf of any Holder or the Company or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement. 

7. Underwritten Registrations. 
 (a) The Company shall not be required to assist in an underwritten offering unless requested by the Majority Holders. 

  
 19 

 (b) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf
Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. 

(c) No person may participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person
(i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and
(ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 

8. Registration Defaults. If any of the following events shall occur, then the Company shall pay additional interest (the
“Additional Interest”) to the Holders of Registrable Securities in respect of the Registrable Securities as follows: 
 (a) if any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to, in the case of any required Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Exchange
Offer Effectiveness Deadline, and, in the case of any required Shelf Registration Statement, the Shelf Effectiveness Deadline, then commencing on the day after such Exchange Offer Effectiveness Deadline or Shelf Effectiveness Deadline, as
applicable, Additional Interest shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period thereafter
in each case until the Registration Statement, if required hereby, becomes effective or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum; or 

(b) if any Registered Exchange Offer required by this Agreement is not completed prior to the Exchange Offer Completion Date, then
Additional Interest shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including such Exchange Offer Completion Date and 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period
thereafter in each case until the Registered Exchange Offer required by this Agreement is completed or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum; or 

(c) if any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which
it is required to be effective under this Agreement without being succeeded within one Business Day by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared effective on the same Business Day
of its filing, then commencing on the day the Registration Statement ceases to be effective, Additional Interest shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum for the first 90 days from and including such specified
date and 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period thereafter in each case until the Registration Statement, if required hereby, becomes effective or the Securities become freely tradable under the Securities Act, up to a
maximum increase of 1.00% per annum; 

  
 20 

 provided, however, that Additional Interest may not accrue under more than one of the foregoing
clauses at any one time; and provided, further, that (1) upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (a) above), or (2) upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement which had
ceased to remain effective (in the case of paragraph (c) above), Additional Interest shall cease to accrue. Furthermore, no incremental Additional Interest shall accrue during any Deferral Period. 

9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and agree not to enter into, any agreement
with respect to their securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, such provision shall not prohibit the Company or the
Guarantors from satisfying their obligations under any existing agreements providing security holders with registration rights. 

10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers
or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities outstanding;
provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of the Initial Purchasers hereunder, the Company and the Guarantors shall obtain the written consent of the Initial Purchasers against which such
amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any
Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Section 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to
departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or
consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not
directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.

 11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by
hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (a) if to a Holder, at the
most current address given by such holder to the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar
under the Indenture; 
 (b) if to the Initial Purchasers, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase
Agreement; and 

  
 21 

 (c) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth
in the Purchase Agreement. 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received.

 The Initial Purchasers or the Company and the Guarantors by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different
addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to
exercise all rights provided to it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company
and the Guarantors agree that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance the defense
that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
 13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent thereto by the Company and the Guarantors, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, or the
indemnified persons referred to in Section 6 hereof. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the
provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. 
 14. Integration. This Agreement superseded all prior
agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. 
 15.
Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

16. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 

17. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York
applicable to contracts made and to be performed within the State of New York. The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all rights to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising
out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. 
 18. Severability. In the event that any
one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other
respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 

  
 22 

 19. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders
of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company, the Guarantors or their Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or
New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such
required percentage. 

  
 23 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and
return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers. 

 

			
	Xerium Technologies, Inc.

			
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Stephen R.
Light

			
	 Name: Stephen R. Light

	 Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT] 

 
			
	GUARANTORS
	
	Huyck Licensco Inc.

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name: 	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer
	
	Robec Brazil LLC

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name: 	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary
	
	Stowe Woodward LLC

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name: 	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer
	
	Stowe Woodward Licensco LLC

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name: 	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer
	
	Wangner Itelpa I LLC

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name: 	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary
	
	Wangner Itelpa II LLC

			
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name: 	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT] 

 
			
	Weavexx, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name:	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	Xerium III (US) Limited
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name:	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	Xerium IV (US) Limited
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name:	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	Xerium V (US) Limited
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name:	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	Xerium Asia, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name:	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary and Treasurer

			
	
	XTI LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Theodore D. Orban

			
	Name:	 	Theodore D. Orban
	Title:	 	Secretary

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT] 

 The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written. 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
  

					
	By:	 	         /s/ Caesar Wyszomirski

		 	Name:	 	Caesar Wyszomirski
		 	Title:	 	Director
	
	 Jefferies & Company, Inc.

		
	By:	 	         /s/ Robert Bayer

		 	Name:	 	Robert Bayer
		 	Title:	 	Managing Director

 For themselves and the other several

 Initial Purchasers 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT] 

 ANNEX A 
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities.
The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, it will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of
Distribution.” 

  
 A-1

 ANNEX B 
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other
trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution.” 

  
 B-1

 ANNEX C 
 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for
its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a
broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. In addition, all dealers effecting transactions
in the new securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. To the extent any such broker-dealer participates in the Exchange Offer, the Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, it will make this
prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale, and will deliver as many additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer
that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. 
 The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new
securities by brokers-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made
directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resells new
securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act
and any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will
deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 
 The Company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Act. 

  
 C-1

 ANNEX D 
 Rider A 
 PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO
RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 
  

			
	Name:	  	  

	Address:	  	  

		  	  

Rider B 
 If the undersigned is not a
Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or
understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be
exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 

  
 D-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}]]